WO2021031948A1 - Data processing method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Data processing method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021031948A1
WO2021031948A1 PCT/CN2020/108632 CN2020108632W WO2021031948A1 WO 2021031948 A1 WO2021031948 A1 WO 2021031948A1 CN 2020108632 W CN2020108632 W CN 2020108632W WO 2021031948 A1 WO2021031948 A1 WO 2021031948A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
downlink data
terminal device
carrying
carrier
time domain
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/108632
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘显达
刘鹍鹏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021031948A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021031948A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/004Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
    • H04L1/0045Arrangements at the receiver end
    • H04L1/0052Realisations of complexity reduction techniques, e.g. pipelining or use of look-up tables
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0036Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff arrangements specific to the receiver
    • H04L1/0038Blind format detection
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/004Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
    • H04L1/0045Arrangements at the receiver end
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for processing data.
  • the terminal device decodes the received at least two downlink data, if the resource block occupied by the downlink data #1 carried on the time domain resource #1 is .
  • the terminal equipment's decoding processing of downlink data #1 may affect the decoding of downlink data #2 carried on time domain resource #2, where time domain resource #2 is later than Time domain resource #1, for example, the processing time delay of the terminal device on the downlink data #1 will increase the time delay of the terminal device's decoding processing on the downlink data #2.
  • the terminal device will usually give up decoding the downlink data #1, which is obviously not conducive to the normal communication between the network device and the terminal device, especially in multiple cooperative transmissions.
  • the nodes jointly serve the same terminal equipment and the information interaction between the multiple transmission nodes adopts a time-delayed interaction scenario.
  • the present application provides a method for processing data, which can improve the flexibility of the network device in scheduling downlink data without increasing the complexity of the decoding processing of the terminal device.
  • a method for processing data includes: a terminal device (or a module in the terminal device, such as a chip) receiving first downlink data and second downlink data on a target carrier, where the bearer The end symbol of the time domain resource of the first downlink data is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data, and the resource block (resource block, RB) that carries the first downlink data
  • the target condition is: the control channel resource set (CORESET) carrying the first (downlink control information, DCI) is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI
  • the CORESET group is the same, the first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink data, and the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data
  • the terminal device skips the decoding processing of the first downlink data, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI, Or, when the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, the terminal device skips the decoding process of the first downlink data, that is, the terminal device does not perform the decoding process on the first downlink data.
  • the terminal device When the above target condition is not met, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the first downlink data, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI is different from the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or when the second DCI is carried When the CORESET group of one DCI is different from the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the first downlink data, that is, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the first downlink data and the second downlink data.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives at least two downlink data on the same carrier, the terminal device is configured to determine whether the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI and the CORESET carrying the second DCI meet the target conditions, or, Determine whether to skip the decoding process of the first downlink data according to whether the CORESET group carrying the first DCI and the CORESET group carrying the second DCI meet the target condition, compared to skipping the decoding process of the first downlink data directly
  • This solution can improve the flexibility of network equipment scheduling downlink data without increasing the complexity of the decoding processing of the terminal equipment.
  • the aforementioned target carrier may include one carrier, that is, the first downlink data and the second downlink data are carried on one carrier, or the target carrier may include at least two carriers, that is, the first downlink The data and the second downlink data may be carried on different carriers respectively.
  • the network device can send two or more downlink data including downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device on the target carrier, and this embodiment of the application does not do this. Specially limited.
  • the first downlink data and the second downlink data may respectively occupy continuous time units, such as continuous symbols, or may respectively occupy discontinuous time units.
  • first downlink data occupies a discontinuous time unit one possible transmission method is that the first downlink data occupies multiple time slots (slots), but only some symbols are occupied in each slot, then The end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data refers to the last symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data.
  • time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data may not overlap at all, or may partially overlap. This embodiment of the present application does not make any special difference. limited.
  • the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data do not overlap at all can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resource of the first downlink data is located in the time domain resource of the second downlink data Before the start symbol of the first downlink data; the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data partially overlap can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data is located in the bearer After the start symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data is located before the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data, or, The end symbol of the time domain resource that carries the first downlink data is located after the end symbol of the time domain resource that carries the second downlink data, and the start symbol of the time domain resource that carries the first downlink data is located in the bearer Before the end symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data.
  • this application provides a method for processing data, including: a terminal device (or a module in the terminal device, such as a chip) receiving on the target carrier The first downlink data and the second downlink data, wherein the number of resource blocks RBs carrying the first downlink data is greater than a preset value; when the target condition is met, the decoding process of the first downlink data is skipped Or, when the target condition is not satisfied, perform decoding processing on the first downlink data; wherein, the target condition is: the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or The CORESET group carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET group carrying the second DCI.
  • the first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink data
  • the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
  • the above-mentioned target condition may be replaced with the first DCI indicating that the demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) and the DMRS indicated by the second DCI belong to the same code division multiplexing (CDM) group.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • CDM code division multiplexing
  • the foregoing target condition may be replaced with that the PUCCH resource indicated by the first DCI and the PUCCH resource indicated by the second DCI belong to the same PUCCH resource group.
  • the above target condition can be replaced with the hybrid automatic repeat reQuest (HARQ) processing process number group indicated by the first DCI and the HARQ processing process number group indicated by the second DCI belong to the same HARQ processing process number group.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat reQuest
  • the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 above the preset value is only for illustrative purposes, and does not limit the embodiment of the present application. In specific implementation, it can also be replaced by the number of REs carrying downlink data #1. It is greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource carrying downlink data #1 being greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the number of RBs carrying the DMRS corresponding to downlink data #1 or the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 The bandwidth of the frequency domain resource of the corresponding DMRS is greater than the preset value, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method further includes: when the target condition is satisfied, sending non-acknowledged NACK information of the first downlink data to the network device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device skips the decoding process of the first downlink data, by sending the non-acknowledged NACK information of the first downlink data to the network device, the terminal device may not decode the first downlink data. Instead, the network device is directly notified of the failure to decode the first downlink data.
  • the method further includes: when the target condition is not met, sending confirmation ACK information or non-confirmation NACK information determined according to the first downlink data to the network device. That is to say, the terminal device needs to feed back the valid HARQ-ACK information of the first downlink data based on the success of the decoding process of the first downlink data, where the valid HARQ-ACK information includes acknowledged ACK information or non-acknowledged NACK information.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device performs the decoding process of the first downlink data, the terminal device decodes the first downlink data by sending the acknowledgement ACK information or non-acknowledgement NACK information of the first downlink data to the network device.
  • the situation of success or failure of decoding informs the network equipment.
  • the first time interval is greater than the second time interval, and the first time interval is from the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data to the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data.
  • the minimum time interval between the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of the line data, and the second time interval is from the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data to the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data. The minimum time interval between the start symbols of the time domain resources of the feedback information.
  • the first time interval and the second time interval are pre-defined, and the terminal device does not need to report the first time interval to the network device.
  • the network device will default to the terminal device supporting data processing operations using the first time interval, thereby changing
  • the first time interval is used as the minimum time interval to schedule the first downlink data; for the second time interval, the terminal device needs to report to the network device that it supports the use of the second time interval to perform data processing operations, and then the network device will The time interval is used as the minimum time interval to schedule the second downlink data.
  • the terminal device feeds back the effective HARQ-ACK information of the data;
  • the terminal device feeds back the effective HARQ-ACK information of the data.
  • the terminal device has the first processing capability
  • the terminal device has the first processing capability means that the terminal device can simultaneously process two downlink data or multiple downlink data in the same carrier. data.
  • the terminal device has the first processing capability
  • the terminal device has the first processing capability means that the network device can simultaneously send two downlink data or multiple downlink data in the same carrier. data.
  • the two simultaneously sent downlink data are scheduled by the first DCI and the second DCI respectively.
  • the network device may simultaneously send at least two downlink data to the terminal device within the same carrier, and the network device schedules each downlink The minimum scheduling delay of data is the first time interval.
  • the network device may simultaneously send at least two downlink data to the terminal device within the same carrier, and the network device schedules each downlink data The minimum scheduling delay is the second time interval.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sending processing capability information to the network device, the processing capability information indicating that the terminal device has the first processing capability.
  • the processing capability information includes a first carrier quantity, and the first carrier quantity is used to characterize that the terminal device supports the network device to configure a target carrier for the terminal device.
  • the number of first carriers is greater than or equal to 2.
  • the network device may configure the target carrier according to the number of first carriers. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the network device is equal to the number of first carriers, it means that the network device has not configured any carrier as the target carrier, and it means that none of the terminal devices on the carrier configured by the network device supports the first processing capability.
  • carriers configured by the network device that are less than or equal to half of the first carrier number are all target carriers, and it represents that the carrier configured by the network device is less than or equal to half of the first carrier number. All terminal devices on carriers that are equal to half the number of the first carriers support the first processing capability.
  • each carrier configured by the network device carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate whether each carrier supports the terminal device to receive data using the first processing capability.
  • the indication information may be CORESET group indication information. For example, if only one CORESET group is configured on carrier 1, it indicates that carrier 1 does not support receiving data with the first processing capability. For another example, if two CORESET groups are configured on carrier 2, it indicates that carrier 2 supports receiving with the first processing capability. data.
  • the carrier with the first processing capability is used as the target carrier.
  • the number of carriers configured by the network equipment is greater than half of the number of the first carriers and less than the number of the first carriers, only part of the carriers configured by the network equipment may be the target carrier, and the other part may not be the target carrier. In this case, Each carrier configured by the network device needs to carry this indication information.
  • the number of target carriers is not more than half of the number of first carriers.
  • the processing capability information carries a second carrier quantity, and the second carrier quantity is used to characterize the quantity supporting the target carrier.
  • a method for processing data including: a network device (or a module in the network device, such as a chip) sending first downlink data and second downlink data to a terminal device on a target carrier, Wherein, the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data, and the number of resource blocks carrying the first downlink data is greater than The preset value, where the CORESET of the control channel resource set carrying the first DCI is different from the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is different from the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, and the first DCI is used When scheduling the first downlink data, the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
  • the first downlink data and the second downlink data can be set by different CORESET or CORESET
  • the DCI scheduling in the group can improve the flexibility of the network equipment in scheduling downlink data without increasing the complexity of the decoding processing of the terminal equipment.
  • the aforementioned target carrier may include one carrier, that is, the first downlink data and the second downlink data are carried on one carrier, or the target carrier may include at least two carriers, that is, the first downlink The data and the second downlink data may be carried on different carriers respectively.
  • the network device can send two or more downlink data including downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device on the target carrier, and this embodiment of the application does not do this. Specially limited.
  • the first downlink data and the second downlink data may respectively occupy continuous time units, such as continuous symbols, or may respectively occupy discontinuous time units.
  • first downlink data occupies a discontinuous time unit one possible transmission method is that the first downlink data occupies multiple time slots (slots), but only some symbols are occupied in each slot, then The end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data refers to the last symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data.
  • time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data may not overlap at all, or may partially overlap. This embodiment of the present application does not make any special difference. limited.
  • the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data do not overlap at all can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resource of the first downlink data is located in the time domain resource of the second downlink data Before the start symbol of the first downlink data; the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data partially overlap can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data is located in the bearer After the start symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data is located before the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data, or, The end symbol of the time domain resource that carries the first downlink data is located after the end symbol of the time domain resource that carries the second downlink data, and the start symbol of the time domain resource that carries the first downlink data is located in the bearer Before the end symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data.
  • this application provides a method for processing data, which includes: a network device (or a module in the network device, such as a chip) on the target carrier
  • the terminal device sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data, and the number of resource blocks RBs carrying the first downlink data is greater than a preset value, where the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI and the control channel resource set carrying the second DCI
  • the CORESET is different, or the CORESET group that carries the first DCI is different from the CORESET group that carries the second DCI.
  • the first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink data
  • the second DCI is used to schedule the second Downlink data.
  • the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 above the preset value is only for illustrative purposes, and does not limit the embodiment of the present application. In specific implementation, it can also be replaced by the number of REs carrying downlink data #1. It is greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource carrying downlink data #1 being greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the number of RBs carrying the DMRS corresponding to downlink data #1 or the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 The bandwidth of the frequency domain resource of the corresponding DMRS is greater than the preset value, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method further includes: receiving processing capability information from the terminal device, the processing capability information indicating that the terminal device has a first processing capability, and the terminal device has a first processing capability.
  • a processing capability indicates that the terminal device can receive at least two downlink data simultaneously in the same carrier; the target carrier is configured according to the processing capability information.
  • the processing capability information carries a first carrier quantity
  • the first carrier quantity represents that the terminal device supports the network device to configure a target carrier for the terminal device.
  • the number of first carriers is greater than or equal to 2.
  • the network device may determine whether to configure the target carrier for the terminal device and the configured target carrier number according to the first carrier quantity. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the network device is equal to the number of first carriers, it means that the network device has not configured any carrier as the target carrier, and it means that none of the terminal devices on the carrier configured by the network device supports the first processing capability.
  • the carriers configured by the network device less than or equal to half of the first carrier number are all target carriers, and it represents that the number of carriers configured by the network device is less than or equal to All terminal devices on carriers equal to half of the number of the first carriers support the first processing capability.
  • the network device when the number of carriers configured by the network device is greater than half of the number of the first carrier and less than the number of the first carrier, it means that part of the carrier configured by the network device is the target carrier, and the other part is not the target carrier.
  • the network device can Configuring carriers less than or equal to half of the number of the first carriers as the target carrier means that the terminal device supports the first processing capability on the target carrier, and the terminal device does not support the first processing capability on the other part of the non-target carriers.
  • the processing capability information carries a second carrier quantity, and the second carrier quantity is used to characterize the quantity of the target carrier that can be configured.
  • the method further includes: receiving acknowledgement ACK information or non-acknowledgement NACK information from the terminal device. That is to say, the terminal device needs to feed back the valid HARQ-ACK information of the first downlink data based on the success of the decoding process of the first downlink data, where the valid HARQ-ACK information includes acknowledged ACK information or non-acknowledged NACK information.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device performs the decoding process of the first downlink data, the terminal device decodes the first downlink data by sending the acknowledgement ACK information or non-acknowledgement NACK information of the first downlink data to the network device.
  • the success or failure of decoding informs the network equipment.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device supports the use of the second time interval to perform data processing operations, and when the number of RBs occupied by the downlink data from the network device is greater than the first preset value, the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule the downlink data is The first time interval, meanwhile, the terminal device regards the first time interval as the minimum time interval for processing the downlink data.
  • the first preset value is smaller than the preset value in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data on the target carrier, wherein the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data is located in the time domain carrying the second downlink data Before the start symbol of the resource, and the number of resource blocks RB carrying the first downlink data is greater than the first preset value; when the target condition is met, skip the decoding process of the first downlink data; or, When the target condition is not met, perform decoding processing on the first downlink data; wherein, the target condition is: the control channel resource set CORESET that carries the first DCI is the same as the CORESET that carries the second DCI, or The CORESET group of a DCI is the same as the CORESET group carrying the second DCI.
  • the first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink data
  • the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
  • the network device sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the terminal device, where the terminal device supports performing data processing operations at the second time interval.
  • the network device schedules the minimum scheduling of the first downlink data and the second downlink data
  • the time delay is the first time interval.
  • the terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data is less than For the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information; the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data Not less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data reaches the start of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data If the time interval between symbols is less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information.
  • the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule the first downlink data is second Time interval
  • the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule the second downlink data is the first time interval
  • the terminal device when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data is less than the first time interval, the terminal The device will feed back the corresponding NACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data is not less than the first symbol A time interval, the terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information; when the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data to the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data Not less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data reaches the start of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data If the time interval between symbols is less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information.
  • the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule the first downlink data is the first Time interval
  • the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule the second downlink data is the second time interval
  • the terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data is less than For the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information; the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data If the time interval is less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back the corresponding NACK information, or when the interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data If the time interval is not less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back corresponding HARQ-ACK information.
  • a method for processing data includes: a terminal device (or a module in a network device, such as a chip) reporting first capability indication information, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate the The number of the first carrier supported by the terminal device.
  • a method for processing data includes: a network device (or a module in the network device, such as a chip) receiving first capability indication information, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate the first Number of carriers; the network device determines the number of second carriers according to the number of first carriers, wherein the number of second carriers is less than or equal to the number of first carriers, and the number of second carriers is A+Bxr; the minimum time interval between the end symbol of the time domain of the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the second carrier and the start symbol of the time domain carrying the feedback information of the PDSCH is less than the preset time interval threshold, so
  • the A is the number of carriers configured with only one control resource set group information or no control resource group information is configured
  • the B is the number of carriers configured with multiple control resource set group information
  • r is a positive number greater than or equal to 1.
  • the network equipment adopts the above-mentioned method of determining the number of second carriers, which can reasonably configure the number of carriers and enable the multi-station coordinated transmission mechanism on some carriers without increasing the processing complexity of the terminal equipment. Data reception quality.
  • the number of the second carrier may also be Among them, K is the number of configured carriers, j is the carrier number of each configured carrier, for example, j is ⁇ 0,1...K-1 ⁇ , and r j is a positive number greater than or equal to 1, and the value is within the j-th carrier
  • r or r j is reported by the terminal device, or configured by higher layer signaling.
  • r or r j refers to high-level signaling configuration, which means that high-level signaling directly configures the value of r corresponding to each carrier, or high-level signaling configures the number of control resource set groups in each carrier.
  • the corresponding relationship between the number of control resource set groups and r is predefined, and the value of r on the corresponding carrier can be determined according to the number of control resource set groups on each carrier.
  • K is configured through RRC signaling, or indicated by MAC CE.
  • a communication device may be the terminal device in the foregoing method, or may be a chip applied to the terminal device.
  • the communication device includes a processor, which is coupled with a memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method executed by the terminal device in the first aspect and any one of its possible implementation manners.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a communication device may be the network device in the foregoing method, or a chip applied to the network device.
  • the communication device includes a processor, which is coupled to a memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method executed by the network device in the second aspect and any one of its possible implementation manners.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a program is provided, which, when executed by a communication device, is used to execute any one of the first aspect and its possible implementation manners, or to execute the second aspect and its possible implementation manners Any method in.
  • a program product comprising: program code, when the program code is run by a communication device, the communication device executes any method in the first aspect and its possible implementation manners , Or used to execute any method in the second aspect and its possible implementation manners.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a program.
  • the communication device executes any one of the first aspect and its possible implementation manners. Method, or for performing any method in the second aspect and its possible implementation manners.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of independent feedback
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of joint feedback
  • Figure 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of the method for processing data provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic interaction diagram of the method for processing data provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided in the present application.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • Time Division Duplex Time Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • NR New Radio
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile communication system includes a core network device 110, a wireless access network device 120, and at least one terminal device (the terminal device 130 and the terminal device 140 in FIG. 1).
  • the terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device in a wireless manner
  • the wireless access network device is connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner.
  • the core network device and the wireless access network device can be separate and different physical devices, or they can integrate the functions of the core network device and the logical function of the wireless access network device on the same physical device, or it can be a physical device It integrates the functions of part of the core network equipment and part of the wireless access network equipment.
  • the terminal device can be a fixed location or movable.
  • Fig. 1 is only a schematic diagram.
  • the communication system may also include other network equipment, such as wireless relay equipment and wireless backhaul equipment, which are not shown in Fig. 1.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of core network equipment, radio access network equipment, and terminal equipment included in the mobile communication system.
  • the radio access network equipment in the embodiments of the present application is an access equipment that a terminal device accesses to the mobile communication system in a wireless manner. It may be a base station NodeB, an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a transmission and reception point (transmission). reception point, TRP), the next generation NodeB (gNB) in the 5G mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access node in the WiFi system, or the cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio
  • the wireless controller in the Access Network (CRAN) scenario can also be a relay station, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and a network device in the future evolved PLMN network.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the radio access network device.
  • wireless access network equipment is referred to as network equipment. Unless otherwise specified, in this application, network equipment refers to wireless access network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal, a terminal equipment (UE), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablets, computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal devices, industrial control (industrial control) ), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, and wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety) Terminal, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal device.
  • Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on airborne aircraft, balloons, and satellites.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the network device and the terminal device can communicate through a licensed spectrum (licensed spectrum), can also communicate through an unlicensed spectrum (unlicensed spectrum), or communicate through a licensed spectrum and an unlicensed spectrum at the same time.
  • Network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through a frequency spectrum below 6 GHz (gigahertz, GHz), communicate through a frequency spectrum above 6 GHz, and communicate using a frequency spectrum below 6 GHz and a frequency spectrum above 6 GHz at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the spectrum resource used between the network device and the terminal device.
  • the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) It is just an example of a downlink data channel, a downlink control channel, and an uplink data channel.
  • the data channel and the control channel may have different names, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • time domain resources used for communication in the embodiments of the present application are briefly described.
  • the time domain resources used by the network device and the terminal device for communication may be divided into multiple time units in the time domain.
  • the multiple time units may be continuous, or there may be a certain time interval between some adjacent time units, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the time unit may include a time unit used for uplink data transmission and/or downlink data transmission.
  • a time unit may be one or more subframes; or, it may be one or more time slots (slot); or, it may be Is one or more symbols.
  • the symbol is also referred to as a time domain symbol, which can be an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, or a single carrier-frequency division multiplexing (single carrier-frequency division multiplexing) symbol. , SC-FDM) symbol.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • SC-FDM single carrier-frequency division multiplexing
  • the multiple time units have a time sequence relationship in the time domain, and the time lengths corresponding to any two time units may be the same or different.
  • the current protocol supports the transmission of up to two codewords.
  • Each codeword q corresponds to a set of bits This group of bits can be considered as a transmission block (TB).
  • I the number of bits of the codeword q transmitted in the physical channel
  • the scrambled codeword is obtained through the following operations Among them, c (q) (i) is the scrambling sequence:
  • the scrambled codeword will use one of the modulation methods in Table 1 to obtain a group of complex-valued modulation symbols
  • QPSK quadrature phase shift keying
  • QAM quadrature amplitude modulation
  • the complex-valued modulation symbols after modulation are mapped to one or more layers according to Table 2.
  • the data of each layer relies on spatial multiplexing.
  • NR supports a maximum of 8 layers of downlink data transmission at this stage, where each codeword supports a maximum of 4 layers of downlink transmission, and each codeword corresponds to its own independent modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), the downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) contains the MCS field corresponding to each codeword, and this field indicates the modulation mode, target code rate, and spectral efficiency information.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • DCI downlink control information
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • a terminal device can communicate with at least one base station at the same time, that is, receive data from multiple base stations at the same time.
  • This transmission mode is called coordinated multiple points transmission/reception (CoMP).
  • the aforementioned at least one base station forms a cooperating set to communicate with the terminal device at the same time.
  • the base stations in the cooperating set can each connect to different control nodes, and each control node can exchange information, such as exchanging scheduling policy information to achieve the purpose of cooperative transmission.
  • the base stations in the cooperating set are all connected to the same control node, and the control node receives the channel state information (for example, channel state information (CSI) or reference signal reception) reported by the terminal equipment collected by the base stations in the cooperating set Power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP), and perform unified scheduling on the terminal devices in the cooperating set according to the CSI of all terminal devices in the cooperating set, and then exchange the scheduling strategy to the base station connected to it, and then each base station carries the load through the PDCCH DCI signaling informs respective terminal devices.
  • the channel state information for example, channel state information (CSI) or reference signal reception
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • CoMP transmission can be divided into ideal backhaul (IB) and non-ideal backhaul (NIB).
  • IB ideal backhaul
  • NIB non-ideal backhaul
  • the interaction delay is 2-5ms, and may even reach 30ms.
  • the framework of controlling multiple cooperative base stations by the central control node is still adopted, the scheduling information will become invalid due to the interaction delay, which will affect the performance of the entire system. Therefore, in this scenario, multiple cooperative base stations are supported to independently issue DCI to independently schedule the PDSCH of the UE.
  • each coordinated base station it is necessary to support each coordinated base station to independently indicate DCI, and multiple coordinated base stations will determine how to schedule the terminal device according to their own scheduling policies and algorithms.
  • the terminal device will receive multiple DCIs at the same time to schedule their respective PDSCHs.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by each TRP also supports independent hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • TRP#1 schedules PDSCH#1 through DCI#1
  • TRP#2 passes DCI.
  • acknowledgement #1 (ACK)/non-acknowledgement #1 (NACK) feedback of PDSCH#1 is carried on PUCCH#1, TRP#1 will receive PDSCH#1 feedback on this resource, PDSCH #2's ACK#2/NACK#2 feedback is carried on PUCCH#2, TRP#2 will receive PDSCH#2 feedback on this resource, as shown in Figure 2.
  • the interaction delay between two base stations can be considered negligible, so from the perspective of the terminal device, it cannot clearly distinguish whether the received data comes from one base station or two base stations, that is, a single base station From the perspective of terminal equipment, there is not much difference between the working mode and the working mode of multiple base stations.
  • the data sent by the two base stations can be sent by one base station or two DCI scheduling by two base stations respectively.
  • the PDSCH sent by the two base stations can be fed back on one PUCCH resource, that is, two PDSCHs correspond to
  • the HARQ bits can be jointly coded to form a group of UCI bits, as shown in Figure 3.
  • the terminal device decodes the received at least two downlink data, if the resource block occupied by the downlink data #1 carried on the time domain resource #1 is .
  • the terminal equipment's decoding processing of downlink data #1 may affect the decoding of downlink data #2 carried on time domain resource #2, where time domain resource #2 is later than Time domain resource #1, for example, the processing time delay of the terminal device on the downlink data #1 will increase the time delay of the terminal device's decoding processing on the downlink data #2.
  • a solution is: when the above situation exists, the terminal device usually abandons the decoding processing of the downlink data #1 in order to ensure the normal processing of the downlink data #2, which is obviously not conducive to the communication between the network device and the terminal device.
  • Normal communication especially when multiple coordinated transmission nodes jointly serve the same terminal device and the information interaction between the multiple transmission nodes adopts time-delayed interaction. For example, two transmission nodes cannot obtain the scheduling information of each other in real time, This will cause one of the downlink data to be skipped for decoding in the above scenario.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a data processing method, which can increase the flexibility of network equipment scheduling data without increasing the decoding processing complexity of the terminal equipment, thereby enabling multiple transmissions to be supported in non-ideal interactive scenarios. It is possible for each node to schedule data for the same terminal device.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 200 for processing data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Hereinafter, each step of the method 200 will be described in detail.
  • the method 200 will be described by taking a terminal device and a network device as an executor of the method 200 as an example.
  • the execution subject of the method 200 may also be a chip corresponding to a terminal device and a chip corresponding to a network device.
  • the network device sends downlink data #1 (that is, an example of the first downlink data) and downlink data #2 (that is, an example of the second downlink data) on the target carrier.
  • the end symbol of the time domain resource is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2, and the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 is greater than a preset value (for example, the preset value may be 136 RB), where the bearer
  • the control channel resource set CORESET of DCI#1 i.e., an example of the first DCI
  • DCI#2 i.e., an example of the second DCI
  • the CORESET group is different, DCI#1 is used to schedule downlink data #1, and DCI#2 is used to schedule downlink data #2.
  • the terminal device receives downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 from the network device.
  • the aforementioned target carrier may include one carrier, that is, downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 are carried on one carrier, or the target carrier may include at least two carriers, that is, downlink data #1 and Downlink data #2 can be carried on different carriers respectively.
  • the network device can send two or more downlink data including downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device on the target carrier, and this embodiment of the application does not do this. Specially limited.
  • the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 may occupy continuous time units, such as continuous symbols, or may occupy discontinuous time units.
  • a possible transmission method is that downlink data #1 occupies multiple slots, but only some symbols are occupied in each slot, then the downlink data #1 is carried.
  • the end symbol of the time domain resource refers to the last symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1;
  • another possible transmission method is that downlink data #1 occupies multiple symbol groups in a slot, and each symbol group includes There are multiple consecutive symbols, and there is a time interval between different symbol groups.
  • time domain resources carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resources carrying downlink data #2 may not overlap at all, or may partially overlap, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the application. .
  • the time domain resources that carry downlink data #1 and the time domain resources that carry downlink data #2 do not overlap at all can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resource of downlink data #1 is located at the beginning of the time domain resource of downlink data #2 Before the start symbol; the partial overlap of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #1 is located in the carrying the downlink data # After the start symbol of the time domain resource of 2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #1 is located before the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #2, or carrying the downlink data
  • the end symbol of the time domain resource #1 is located after the end symbol of the time domain resource that carries the downlink data #2, and the start symbol of the time domain resource that carries the downlink data #1 is located in the time domain resource that carries the downlink data #2. Before the end symbol of the time domain resource.
  • the above S210 can be replaced with: the network device sends downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 on the target carrier, where the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 is greater than the preset Value, the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, and DCI#1 is used to schedule downlink data #1 , DCI#2 is used to schedule downlink data #2.
  • the terminal device receives downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 from the network device.
  • the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 above the preset value is only for illustrative purposes, and does not limit the embodiment of the present application. In specific implementation, it can also be replaced by the number of REs carrying downlink data #1. It is greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource carrying downlink data #1 being greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the number of RBs carrying the DMRS corresponding to downlink data #1 or the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 The bandwidth of the frequency domain resource of the corresponding DMRS is greater than the preset value, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device when the target condition #1 is satisfied (that is, an example of the target condition), the terminal device skips the decoding process of the downlink data #1; or, when the target condition #1 is not satisfied, the terminal device performs the downlink data # 1 Perform decoding processing.
  • the above target condition #1 may be: the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, and DCI#1 is used For scheduling downlink data #1, DCI #2 is used for scheduling downlink data #2.
  • the terminal device receives downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 from the network device, the terminal device can determine whether the target condition #1 is satisfied, and when the target condition #1 is satisfied, the terminal device skips the download of the downlink data #1 Decoding processing; or, when target condition #1 is not met, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1. For example, if the terminal device determines that the CORESET carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2, the terminal device determines that the target condition #1 is satisfied, and then skips the decoding process of the downlink data #1; or, the terminal device determines that the DCI# is carried.
  • the CORESET of 1 is different from the CORESET that carries DCI#2, and the terminal device determines that the target condition #1 is not satisfied, and then performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1.
  • the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2 Or, when the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, the terminal device will skip the decoding process of downlink data #1, that is, the terminal device will not perform decoding processing on downlink data #1.
  • the terminal device When the above target condition #1 is not met, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or when the carrier When the CORESET group of DCI#1 is different from the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1, that is, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1 and downlink data 2.
  • the terminal device When the target condition #2 is satisfied (ie, another example of the target condition), the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1; or, when the target condition #2 is not satisfied, the terminal device skips the decoding of the downlink data #1 deal with.
  • the above target condition #2 can be: the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, and DCI#1 is used For scheduling downlink data #1, DCI #2 is used for scheduling downlink data #2.
  • the terminal device when the above target condition #2 is satisfied, performs decoding processing on downlink data #1, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or When the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1, that is, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1 and downlink data 2.
  • the terminal device skips the decoding process for downlink data #1, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or, When the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1, that is, the terminal device does not perform decoding processing on downlink data #1.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET group carrying DCI#2 according to the configuration information of CORESET.
  • CORESET grouping information may be included in the configuration information of each CORESET, and each CORESET configuration information includes an index value.
  • CORESET configured with the same index value belong to the same CORESET group, and CORESET configured with different index values belong to different CORESET groups.
  • the terminal device can determine that the current DCI is DCI#1 or DCI#2 by detecting the CORESET to which the DCI belongs. For example, when the CORESET to which the detected DCI belongs belongs to CORESET group 1, the DCI is DCI#1, and when the CORESET to which the detected DCI belongs belongs to CORESET group 2, the DCI is DCI#2.
  • control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or when the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, it can represent the downlink Data #1 and downlink data #2 come from the same TRP; when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or when the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2 When the CORESET group is different, it can represent that the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 are from different TRPs.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the CORESET bearing DCI#1 and the CORESET bearing DCI#2 meet the target conditions, or according to the CORESET bearing DCI#1 Whether the group and the CORESET group carrying DCI#2 meet the target conditions, determine whether to skip the decoding process of the first downlink data.
  • this solution can not increase Under the premise of the complexity of the decoding processing of the terminal equipment, the flexibility of the network equipment in scheduling downlink data is improved.
  • the network device sends at least two downlink data to the terminal device on the same carrier, in order to obtain valid HARQ-ACK feedback information, the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 can be scheduled by different CORESET or DCI in the CORESET group, This solution can improve the flexibility of network equipment scheduling downlink data without increasing the complexity of the decoding processing of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device can also determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 in the following ways:
  • the terminal device may determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 according to whether the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to the same time domain resource set.
  • the feedback information of downlink data #1 may be the NACK information or ACK information of downlink data #1 sent by the terminal device to the network device
  • the feedback information of downlink data #2 may be the downlink data #2 sent by the terminal device to the network device. NACK information or ACK information.
  • the terminal device determines the index of the time domain resource of the feedback information according to the received DCI, and may use the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2. To determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1.
  • the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is the same as the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2, it represents that the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is the same as the time domain resource carrying the downlink data.
  • the time domain resources of the feedback information of #2 belong to the same time domain resource set; when the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is different from the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2, it represents The time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 do not belong to the same time domain resource set.
  • the terminal device When the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to the same time domain resource set, the terminal device skips the decoding process of the downlink data #1; When the time domain resource of the feedback information of data #1 and the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #2 do not belong to the same time domain resource set, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1.
  • the terminal device can also determine whether the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to the same sub-slot or the same sub-slot set. To determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1.
  • the start symbol of the time-domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time-domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, it represents the one that carries the downlink data #1
  • the time domain resource of the feedback information and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to the same sub-slot, or when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is the same as the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #
  • the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of 2 is located in the same sub-slot set, the time domain resource that represents the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to the same A sub-slot collection.
  • the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slots, it represents the feedback of carrying downlink data #1
  • the time domain resource of the information and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to different sub-slots, or when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is different from the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #2
  • the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information is in different sub-slot sets, it means that the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to different sub-slots. set.
  • the terminal device When the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or when carrying downlink data# When the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of 1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of the downlink data #2 are in the same sub-slot set, the terminal device skips the decoding of the downlink data #1 Processing; when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slots, or when the downlink data is carried When the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slot sets, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1.
  • time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or when carrying the downlink data
  • time domain resource of the feedback information of #1 and the time domain resource of the feedback information of the downlink data #2 are in the same sub-slot set
  • the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slots, or when the time domain of the feedback information of downlink data #1 is carried
  • the resource and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the downlink data #2 are in different sub-slot sets, it may represent that the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 are from different TRPs.
  • the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or When the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #2 are in the same sub-slot set, it means that downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 come from the same TRP only as The illustrative description does not limit the embodiments of the present application.
  • the sub-slot can also be replaced with a time slot or a time unit
  • the start symbol can also be replaced with an end symbol or with a start symbol and an end symbol.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 according to whether the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to the same time domain resource set.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 according to the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2.
  • the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 is the same as the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2, it means that the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to the same time.
  • Domain resource collection when the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 is different from the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2, it represents the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain carrying downlink data #2 The resources do not belong to the same time domain resource collection.
  • the terminal device When the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to the same time domain resource set, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1; when the time domain carrying downlink data #1 When the resource and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 do not belong to the same time domain resource set, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1.
  • the terminal device can also determine whether the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to the same sub-slot or the same sub-slot set, to determine whether the downlink data #1 Perform decoding processing.
  • the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, it represents the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the downlink data bearer
  • the time domain resource of data #2 belongs to the same sub-slot, or when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are in the same sub-slot
  • it means that the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to the same sub-slot set.
  • the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slots, it represents the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data
  • the time domain resource of #2 belongs to different sub-slots, or when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are in different sub-slot sets , Representing that the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to different sub-slot sets.
  • the terminal device When the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or when the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 When the start symbol and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are in the same sub-slot set, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1; when the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 is When the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slots, or when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 is different from the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 When the start symbol of the domain resource is located in different sub-slot sets, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1.
  • time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or when the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 When the time domain resource that carries downlink data #2 is in the same sub-slot set, it can represent that downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 come from the same TRP; when the time domain resource that carries downlink data #1 and the downlink data are carried When the start symbol of the time domain resource #2 is located in different sub-slots, or when the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slot sets, It means that downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 are from different TRPs.
  • the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or when carrying downlink data #1
  • the domain resource and the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot set
  • the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 are from the same TRP, which is only for illustrative purposes and does not limit the embodiment of the application.
  • the sub-slot can also be replaced with a time slot or a time unit
  • the start symbol can also be replaced with an end symbol or with a start symbol and an end symbol.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 according to whether DMRS#1 indicated by DCI#1 and DMRS#2 indicated by DCI#2 belong to the same CDM group. For example, the terminal device can parse DCI#1 and DCI#2 separately, parse DCI#1 to obtain the index of the CDM group of DMRS#1 indicated by DCI#1, and parse DCI#2 to obtain the DMRS#2 indicated by DCI#2.
  • the index of the CDM group may further determine whether DMRS#1 indicated by DCI#1 and DMRS#2 indicated by DCI#2 belong to the same CDM group according to the determined index of the CDM group.
  • the terminal device When the CDM group to which DMRS#1 indicated by DCI#1 belongs and the CDM group to which DMRS#2 indicated by DCI#2 belongs belong to the same CDM group, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1; when the DMRS indicated by DCI#1 When the CDM group to which #1 belongs and the CDM group to which DMRS#2 indicated by DCI#2 belongs belong to different CDM groups, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1.
  • the terminal device may also determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 according to whether the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#1 and the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#2 belong to the same HARQ processing process number group.
  • the terminal device can parse DCI#1 and DCI#2 separately, parse DCI#1 to obtain the index of the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#1, and parse DCI#2 to obtain the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#2 According to the index of the determined HARQ processing process number group, it can be determined whether the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#1 and the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#2 belong to the same HARQ processing process number group.
  • the terminal device When the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#1 and the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#2 belong to the same HARQ processing process number group, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1; when DCI#1 indicates When the HARQ processing process number group and the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#2 belong to different HARQ processing process number groups, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1.
  • the method 200 may further include: S230: The terminal device sends the ACK information or NACK information of the downlink data #1 to the network device.
  • the network device receives ACK information or NACK information of downlink data #1 from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may decode the downlink data #1 successfully or fail.
  • the terminal device can send the ACK information of the downlink data #1 to the network device; or, when the terminal device fails to decode the downlink data #1, the terminal device can send the downlink data to the network device #1’s NACK information.
  • S230 can also be replaced with: the terminal device sends the NACK information of the downlink data #1 to the network device.
  • the network device receives the NACK information of downlink data #1 from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device skips the decoding process of the downlink data #1, by sending the unacknowledged NACK information of the downlink data #1 to the network device, the terminal device can directly transmit the downlink data #1 without decoding the downlink data #1.
  • the information of data #1 decoding failure is notified to the network equipment.
  • the minimum time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is defined as time interval #1 (ie , An example of the first time interval)
  • time interval #2 the minimum time between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying feedback information of downlink data #2
  • the interval is defined as time interval #2 (ie, an example of the second time interval)
  • the time interval #1 may be greater than the time interval #2.
  • Time interval #1 and time interval #2 can be pre-defined.
  • the terminal device does not need to report time interval #1 to the network device.
  • the network device will default to the terminal device supporting time interval #1 to perform data processing operations, thus changing the time interval # 1 As the minimum time interval to schedule downlink data #1; for time interval #2, the terminal device needs to report to the network device that it supports the use of time interval #2 to perform data processing operations, and then the network device will take the time interval #2 as the minimum Time interval to schedule downlink data #2.
  • Said time interval # 1 can carry downlink data end symbol time domain resource # 1 to # bearer downlink data minimum number of symbols between symbols in the time domain resource initial feedback information to determine 1 N 1, N 1 taken
  • the value can be as shown in Table 3, for example.
  • the aforementioned time interval #2 can be determined according to the minimum number of symbols N1 between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2.
  • the value of N1 is for example It can be as shown in Table 4.
  • the terminal device in method 200 may have processing capability #1 (that is, an example of the first processing capability), and the terminal device has processing capability #1, which means that the terminal device is capable of processing two downlink data or multiple downlink data simultaneously in the same carrier. Data capabilities.
  • the network device can simultaneously send downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device within the same carrier, and the network device schedules downlink data #1
  • the minimum scheduling delay with downlink data #2 is both time interval #2.
  • the terminal device can use the time interval #2 as the minimum time interval to perform data processing operations on the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 respectively.
  • the network device can simultaneously send downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device within the same carrier, and the network device schedules downlink data#
  • the minimum scheduling delays of 1 and downlink data #2 are both time interval #1.
  • the terminal device can use the time interval #1 as the minimum time interval to perform data processing operations on the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 respectively.
  • the terminal device may report its own processing capability #1 to the network device, so that the network device can configure the target carrier in S210 according to the processing capability of the terminal device.
  • the method 200 may further include:
  • the terminal device sends processing capability information to the network device, and the processing capability information indicates that the terminal device has processing capability #1.
  • the network device receives the processing capability information from the terminal device.
  • the network device configures the target carrier according to the processing capability information.
  • the processing capability information may include the number of carriers #1 (ie, an example of the first number of carriers), and the number of carriers #1 is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the network device to configure the target carrier for the terminal device. Wherein, the number of carriers #1 is greater than or equal to 2.
  • the network device may determine whether to configure the target carrier and the number of target carriers for the terminal device according to the number of carriers #1.
  • the number of carriers configured by the network device is equal to the number of carriers #1, for example, the number of carriers #1 is 4, and the number of carriers configured by the network device is also 4, which means that the network device has not configured any carrier as the target carrier, and it represents None of the terminal devices on the carrier configured by the device supports processing capability #1.
  • the number of carriers configured by the network equipment is less than or equal to half of the number of carriers #1, for example, the number of carriers #1 is 6, and the number of carriers configured by the network equipment is 3, which means that the number of carriers configured by the network equipment is less than or equal to half of the number of carriers #1
  • the carriers are all target carriers, and it means that the terminal equipment on the carriers configured by the network equipment less than or equal to half of the carrier number #1 all support the processing capability #1.
  • the network equipment can configure the carrier less than or equal to half of the carrier number #1 as the target carrier, which means that the terminal equipment supports processing capability #1 on the target carrier, and the other part is not The terminal device on the target carrier does not support processing capability #1.
  • the processing capability information may include the number of carriers #2 (ie, an example of the second number of carriers), and the number of carriers #2 is used to represent the number of target carriers supported by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device supports the network device to configure 4 carriers as the target carrier, that is, it supports the network device to schedule at least two carriers on each of the 4 carriers at the same time.
  • the network device may configure one or more of these 4 carriers as the target carrier.
  • the above describes the method for the network device to configure the target carrier when the number of carriers #1 is greater than or equal to 2.
  • the terminal device reports that the number of carrier number #1 is 1, it indicates that the terminal device does not support configuring the target carrier.
  • the carrier configured by the network device cannot support simultaneous transmission of multiple PDSCHs, or in other words, none of the terminal devices on the carrier configured by the network device supports processing capability #1.
  • the processing capability information may include the number of carriers #1 and the number of carriers #2.
  • the network device may configure the target carrier according to the relationship between the number of carriers #1 and the number of carriers #2.
  • the terminal device does not support the network device to configure the carrier carrying the downlink data to be sent to the terminal device as the target carrier.
  • the terminal device supports the network device to configure all the carriers carrying the downlink data to be sent to the terminal device as the target carrier.
  • the terminal device supports the network device to configure part of the carriers carrying the downlink data to be sent to the terminal device as the target carrier.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device the index configured as the target carrier. For example, if the network equipment indicates carrier #1, carrier #3, and carrier #7 to the terminal equipment, it means that the network equipment configures carrier #1, carrier #3, and carrier #7 as the target carrier, that is, when sending downlink data, the carrier #1, carrier #3, and carrier #7 simultaneously carry at least two downlink data.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides another method for processing data, which is introduced below.
  • the terminal device For a terminal device that supports data processing operations using time interval #2, when at least two downlink data are carried in one carrier, for example, downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 are carried in one carrier, where the downlink Data #1 comes before, and downlink data #2 comes after.
  • the terminal device For the downlink data (downlink data #1 and/or downlink data #2) occupied by the number of RBs greater than the preset value, the terminal device usually takes the time interval #1 as the minimum Time interval to perform data processing operations on the downlink data.
  • the terminal equipment In order to enable the terminal equipment to process multiple PDSCHs at the same time, and to enable the supporting terminal equipment to use time interval #2 to perform data processing operations, when a carrier carries the downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to be sent to the terminal equipment , You can redefine the preset value (for example, the first preset value) corresponding to the number of RBs carrying downlink data, where the first preset value is less than the preset value in method 200, so that the terminal device can use the time interval #2 Perform data processing on the downstream data.
  • the preset value for example, the first preset value
  • the preset value in the method 200 is 136 RB, or half of the system bandwidth.
  • the terminal device can process multiple downlink data at the same time is: it can support the network device to schedule multiple downlink data at the same time and the feedback delay corresponding to the multiple downlink data does not increase, such as the minimum time interval for multiple downlink data Determine according to the minimum number of symbols in Table 3 or Table 4.
  • the network device sends downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device, where the terminal device supports the use of time interval #2 to perform data processing operations.
  • the network device schedules the minimum scheduling delay for downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 All are time interval #1.
  • the terminal device when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is not less than the time interval #1, the terminal device will Feedback the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is less than time interval #1, Then the terminal device will feed back the corresponding NACK information; when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is not less than time interval #1 , The terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is less than Time interval #1, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information.
  • the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule downlink data #1 is time interval #2
  • the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule downlink data #2 is time interval #1.
  • the terminal device when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying feedback information of downlink data #1 is less than time interval #2, the terminal device will feedback Corresponding NACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying feedback information of downlink data #1 is not less than time interval #2, the terminal The device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information; when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is not less than time interval #1 , The terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is less than Time interval #1, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information.
  • the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule downlink data #1 is time interval #1
  • the minimum scheduling delay for the network equipment to schedule downlink data #2 is time interval #2.
  • the terminal device when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is less than the time interval #1, the terminal device will feedback Corresponding NACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying feedback information of downlink data #1 is not less than time interval #1, the terminal The device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information; when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is not less than time interval #2 , The terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is less than Time interval #2, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information.
  • the method 200 is also applicable to the scenario of redefining the preset value (for example, the first preset value) corresponding to the number of RBs carrying downlink data.
  • S210 needs to be replaced with: the network device transmits on the target carrier Downlink data #1 and downlink data #2, where the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2, and the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 is greater than The first preset value, where the CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, and DCI#1 is used for scheduling downlink data #1, DCI#2 is used to schedule downlink data #2.
  • the terminal device receives downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 from the network device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also define conditions for joint HARQ for a joint HARQ scenario under IB, and the conditions are described below.
  • the condition for allowing joint HARQ feedback at this time is: the network device uses time interval #1 as the minimum time interval to schedule downlink Data #1.
  • the terminal device uses the time interval #1 as the minimum time interval to perform the data processing operation of the downlink data #1, and the network device uses the time interval #2 as the minimum time interval to schedule the downlink data #2, and the terminal device sets the time Interval #2 is the minimum time interval to perform the data processing operation of downlink data #2.
  • the condition for allowing joint HARQ feedback is that the number of RBs carrying another downlink data (for example, downlink data #1) is less than a preset value.
  • downlink data in this application can be replaced with PDSCH.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 300 for processing data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Hereinafter, each step of the method 300 will be described in detail.
  • the method 300 is described by taking the terminal device and the network device as the execution subject of the method 300 as an example.
  • the execution subject of the method 300 may also be a chip corresponding to a terminal device and a chip corresponding to a network device.
  • the terminal device sends first capability indication information, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate the number of first carriers supported by the terminal device.
  • the network device receives the first capability indication information from the terminal device.
  • the network device determines the number of second carriers according to the number of first carriers, where the number of second carriers is less than or equal to the number of first carriers, and the number of second carriers is A+Bxr, and the second carrier
  • the minimum time interval between the end symbol of the time domain of the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and the start symbol of the time domain carrying the feedback information of the PDSCH is less than the preset time interval threshold.
  • A means that only one control resource set group information is configured or not
  • the number of carriers configured with control resource group information is configured or not
  • B is the number of carriers configured with multiple control resource group information
  • r is a positive number greater than or equal to 1.
  • the aforementioned preset time interval threshold corresponds to the value of the minimum time interval shown in Table 4, that is, it supports the use of capability 2 to perform data processing operations.
  • the activated BWP in the A carriers is configured with only one control resource set group information or no control resource set group information is configured.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled in the A carriers is in one slot, the HARQ-ACK feedback is all carried on the same PUCCH resource.
  • the activated BWPs in the B carriers are configured with two or more control resource set group information.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback is carried on different PUCCH resources.
  • r can be configured by higher layer signaling.
  • r can be reported by the terminal device.
  • the number of first carriers reported by the terminal device represents that when the maximum number of carriers that it supports to perform data processing operations using time interval #2 is X, X is an integer greater than 1.
  • the method for determining the maximum number of carriers is: the actual number of configured carriers A+rxthe actual configured number of carriers B, when the actual configured number of carriers A+rxthe actual configured number of carriers B is not greater than X, then the number of carriers on all carriers Data scheduling supports time interval #2 to perform data processing operations.
  • the number of carriers 1 is the number of carriers without CORESET grouping information, or the number of carriers with only one CORESET grouping information configured
  • the number of carriers 2 is the number of carriers configured with two or more CORESET grouping information.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device reports that the number of carriers that it supports to perform data processing operations using time interval #2 is 1, then when at least one carrier is configured with two CORESET groups in the actually configured carriers, or in other words, two CORESET groups are configured.
  • CORESET grouping information for example, CORESET 1 belongs to CORESET group 1, CORESET 2 belongs to CORESET group 2. If a CORESET group is configured in the carrier with the lowest carrier number or no CORESET group is configured, the terminal device supports support in the carrier with the lowest number Using time interval #2, if there are multiple CORESET groups in the carrier with the lowest carrier number, the terminal device only supports the PDSCH scheduled by the CORESET with the smallest CORESET group number in the carrier with the lowest carrier number, using time interval #2.
  • CORESET group 1 and CORESET group 2 are configured on carrier 1
  • CORESET group 1 is configured on carrier 2
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI issued in CORESET group 1 on carrier 1 supports the use of Time interval #2.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device reports that it only supports one carrier that uses time interval #2 to perform data processing operations, when at least one carrier is configured with two CORESET groups in the actually configured carriers, the terminal device only supports The PDSCH scheduled by the CORESET with the smallest group number in the carrier with the smallest number of the CORESET group number adopts time interval #2. For example, if the base station is configured with two carriers, CORESET group 2 is configured on carrier 1, and CORESET group 1 and CORESET group 2 are configured on carrier 2, the PDSCH scheduled by DCI issued in CORESET group 1 on carrier 2 supports the use of Time interval #2.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device reports that it only supports one carrier that uses time interval #2 to perform data processing operations, when at least one carrier is configured with two CORESET groups in the actually configured carriers, the terminal device only supports The carrier with the lowest carrier number in a CORESET group supports time interval #2. For example, if the base station is configured with two carriers, CORESET group 1 is configured on carrier 1, and CORESET group 1 and CORESET group 2 are configured on carrier 2, then the DCI issued in CORESET group 1 and CORESET group 2 on carrier 2 is scheduled The PDSCH supports time interval #2.
  • the terminal device can report its scheduling-restricted data processing capability.
  • the scheduling-restricted data processing capability means that the terminal device can support using time interval #2 to perform subcarrier interval when condition 1 is met. It is a 30kHz PDSCH processing operation, where condition 1 is: only one carrier is configured in a band, and the subcarrier spacing of this carrier is 30kHz, and the number of RBs occupied by the PDSCH does not exceed 136, and there is no Configure the CORESET group information, or the CORESET in the carrier belongs to the same group.
  • the terminal device can report its scheduling-restricted data processing capability.
  • the scheduling-restricted data processing capability means that the terminal device can support using time interval #2 to perform subcarrier interval when condition 1 is met. It is a 30kHz PDSCH processing operation, where condition 1 is: only one carrier is configured in a band, and the subcarrier spacing of the carrier is 30kHz, and the number of RBs occupied by the PDSCH does not exceed L, and at least Two CORESET groups are configured, where the value of L is a positive integer less than 136.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides another method for receiving data, which is described below.
  • PDCCH candidates represent the processing unit that performs PDCCH detection.
  • PDCCH candidates can be configured in the cell public search space and user-specific search space.
  • Each PDCCH candidate is associated with a control resource set, and each PDCCH candidate corresponds to a specific aggregation level.
  • Different aggregation levels correspond to different numbers of CCEs, or different aggregation levels correspond to different numbers of frequency domain resources.
  • the maximum number of detected PDCCH candidates in a carrier with a subcarrier spacing of ⁇ in a slot is Among them, ⁇ 0,1,2,3 ⁇ , the specific value of PDCCH quantity is shown in the following table:
  • the terminal device reports the number of the first carrier it supports Used to determine the number of PDCCH candidate processing units that the terminal device can support. Specifically: When the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than which is Each carrier can support the largest PDCCH candidates; when the number of carriers configured by the base station is more than which is The number of PDCCH candidates in all carriers with a sub-carrier spacing of ⁇ is not more than And the number of PDCCH candidates in a carrier with a sub-carrier spacing of ⁇ is not more than among them, It is the number of carriers whose subcarrier spacing is ⁇ configured in a slot.
  • the terminal device will use the following mechanism to determine the detected PDCCH candidates and discard some of the PDCCH candidates to make the actual detected PDCCH candidates
  • the number of PDCCH candidates does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal equipment:
  • the first step is to remove the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in each carrier determined above from the number of PDCCH candidates in the cell specific search space (CSS) of the carrier The following number is taken as the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in the User specific search space (USS):
  • the second step is to start a loop from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space is superimposed on the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces with numbers smaller than the current search space, the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces is less than Then the PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected,
  • one carrier may support multiple stations to schedule data at the same time.
  • two control resource set grouping information may be configured in one carrier, and each control resource set grouping information can implicitly correspond A transmission site.
  • Manner 1 Limit the maximum number of PDCCH candidate processing units in each control resource set group in each carrier. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than which is: among them, Is the number of configured control resource set groups is 1 or the number of carriers in which no control resource set group is configured, For the number of carriers whose number of configured control resource collection groups is greater than 1, each control resource collection group in each carrier can support the maximum PDCCH candidates; when the number of carriers configured by the base station is more than which is: The number of PDCCH candidates in all carriers with a sub-carrier spacing of ⁇ is not more than
  • the terminal device can determine the number of PDCCH candidates in each control resource set group in each carrier according to the above mechanism.
  • the terminal device will use the following mechanism to determine the detected PDCCH candidate discarded part PDCCH candidates so that the number of PDCCH candidates actually detected does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal equipment: the first step is to remove the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in each control resource set group in each carrier determined above, and remove the common cells in the carrier.
  • the second step is to start a loop from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space is superimposed on the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces with numbers smaller than the current search space, the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces is less than Then the PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected, and the loop until the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space exceeds until.
  • Manner 2 Limit the maximum number of PDCCH candidate processing units in each carrier. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than which is: among them, Is the number of configured control resource set groups is 1 or the number of carriers in which no control resource set group is configured, For the number of carriers whose number of configured control resource set groups is greater than 1, each carrier with a subcarrier spacing of ⁇ can support the largest PDCCH candidates; when the number of carriers configured by the base station is more than which is: The number of PDCCH candidates in all carriers with a sub-carrier spacing of ⁇ is not more than And the number of PDCCH candidates in a carrier with a subcarrier spacing of ⁇ can support the maximum When the number of PDCCH candidates configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of PDCCH candidates that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device can determine the number of PDCCH candidates in the group according to the above mechanism in each carrier.
  • the terminal device will use the following mechanism to determine the detected PDCCH candidates and discard some of the PDCCH candidates to make the actual detected PDCCH candidates
  • the number of PDCCH candidates does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal equipment:
  • the first step is to remove the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in each carrier determined above from the number of PDCCH candidates in the cell specific search space (CSS) of the carrier The following number is taken as the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in the User specific search space (USS):
  • the second step is to start a loop from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space is superimposed on the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces with numbers smaller than the current search space, the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces is less than Then the PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected, and the
  • each CORESET will be divided into multiple control channel elements (Control Channel Elements, CCE), each CCE includes 6 physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB) in the frequency domain and 1 OFDM in the time domain Symbol, each PDCCH candidate can occupy a different number of CCEs, which corresponds to different aggregation levels.
  • the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in a carrier with a subcarrier spacing of ⁇ in a slot is defined as Among them, ⁇ 0,1,2,3 ⁇ , the specific quantity values are shown in the following table:
  • the terminal device reports the number of the first carrier it supports Used to determine the number of non-overlapping CCEs that the terminal device can support. Specifically: When the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than which is Each carrier can support the largest The number of non-overlapping CCEs; when the base station configures more than which is The number of non-overlapping CCEs in all sub-carriers with a spacing of ⁇ is not more than And the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the carrier with a subcarrier spacing of ⁇ is not more than among them, It is the number of carriers whose subcarrier spacing is ⁇ configured in a slot.
  • the terminal device will use the following mechanism to determine that non-overlapping CCEs are discarded.
  • the first step is to remove the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in each carrier determined above from the cell specific search space (Cell specific search space, Number of non-overlapping CCEs in CSS) The following number is used as the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in the User specific search space (USS):
  • the second step is to start looping from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the current search space is superimposed on the number of non-overlapping CCEs in all search spaces with a smaller number than the current search space, the number of non-overlapping CCEs in all search spaces is less than Then all PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected, and the loop is repeated until the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the current search space exceeds until.
  • one carrier may support multiple stations to schedule data at the same time.
  • two control resource set grouping information may be configured in one carrier, and each control resource set grouping information can implicitly correspond A transmission site. There are two ways to determine the number of non-overlapping CCEs:
  • Manner 1 Limit the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in each control resource set group in each carrier. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than which is: among them, Is the number of configured control resource set groups is 1 or the number of carriers in which no control resource set group is configured, For the number of carriers whose number of configured control resource collection groups is greater than 1, each control resource collection group in each carrier can support the maximum A non-overlapping CCE; when the base station configures more than which is: The number of non-overlapping CCEs in all sub-carriers with a spacing of ⁇ is not more than And the number of non-overlapping CCEs in each control resource set group in each subcarrier interval ⁇ is not more than When the number of non-overlapping CCEs configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device can determine that there is no overlap in each control resource set group in each carrier according to the above mechanism.
  • the number of CCEs that is: for a control resource set group in a carrier, when the number of non-overlapping CCEs configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal equipment will use the following mechanism to determine non-overlapping CCE discards some non-overlapping CCEs so that the number of non-overlapping CCEs actually detected does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal device: the first step is to determine the number of non-overlapping CCEs in each control resource set group in each carrier determined above The maximum value removes the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the cell specific search space (CSS) in the carrier The following number is used as the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in the User specific search space (USS): The second step is to start looping from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the current search space is superimposed on the number of non-overlapping CCEs in all search spaces with a smaller number than the current search space
  • Method 2 Limit the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in each carrier. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than which is: among them, Is the number of configured control resource set groups is 1 or the number of carriers in which no control resource set group is configured, For the number of carriers whose number of configured control resource set groups is greater than 1, each carrier with a subcarrier spacing of ⁇ can support the largest PDCCH candidates; when the number of carriers configured by the base station is more than which is: The number of non-overlapping CCEs in all sub-carriers with a spacing of ⁇ is not more than And the number of non-overlapping CCEs in each sub-carrier interval ⁇ can support the maximum When the number of PDCCH candidates configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device can determine the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the group according to the above mechanism in each carrier.
  • the terminal device will use the following mechanism to determine the detected PDCCH candidates and discard some of the PDCCH candidates to make the actual detected PDCCH candidates
  • the number of PDCCH candidates does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal equipment:
  • the first step is to remove the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in each carrier determined above from the non-overlapping CCEs in the cell specific search space (CSS) of the carrier.
  • the second step is to start looping from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space is superimposed on the number of non-overlapping CCEs in all search spaces with a number smaller than the current search space, the number of non-overlapping CCEs is less than Then the PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected, and the loop until the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the current search space exceeds until.
  • the blind detection processing capacity can be reasonably allocated among multiple carriers and multiple sites, thereby supporting flexible scheduling.
  • the network device and the terminal device include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the network device and the terminal device include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of the application. These communication devices can be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects of the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device 130 or the terminal device 140 as shown in FIG. 1, or the wireless access network device 120 as shown in FIG. 1, or it may be applied to terminal equipment. Or a module of a network device (such as a chip).
  • the communication device 300 includes a processing unit 310 and a transceiving unit 320.
  • the communication device 300 may be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
  • the communication device 300 may be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 5.
  • the transceiver unit 320 is used to receive the first downlink data and the second downlink data on the target carrier, where the first downlink data is carried.
  • the end symbol of the time domain resource of the downlink data is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data, and the number of resource blocks RBs that bear the first downlink data is greater than a preset value.
  • the processing unit 310 is configured to skip the decoding process of the first downlink data when the target condition is satisfied; or, when the target condition is not satisfied, perform the decoding process on the first downlink data; wherein, the The target condition is: the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, and the first DCI is used for scheduling The first downlink data and the second DCI are used to schedule the second downlink data.
  • the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to: when the target condition is met, send the non-acknowledged NACK information of the first downlink data to the network device.
  • the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to: when the target condition is not met, send confirmation ACK information or non-confirmation NACK information determined according to the first downlink data to the network device.
  • the first time interval is greater than the second time interval, and the first time interval is from the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data to the time when the feedback information of the first downlink data is carried.
  • the minimum time interval between the start symbols of the domain resources, and the second time interval is from the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data to the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data The minimum time interval between start symbols.
  • the terminal device having the first processing capability, and the terminal device having the first processing capability means that the terminal device can simultaneously receive at least two downlink data in the same carrier.
  • the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to: send processing capability information to the network device, where the processing capability information indicates that the terminal device has the first processing capability.
  • the processing capability information includes a first carrier quantity, and the first carrier quantity is used to characterize that the terminal device supports the network device to configure the target carrier for the terminal device.
  • the processing capability information carries a second carrier quantity, and the second carrier quantity is used to characterize the quantity supporting the target carrier.
  • the transceiver unit 320 is used to send the first downlink data and the second downlink data on the target carrier, where the first downlink data is carried.
  • the end symbol of the time-domain resource of the downlink data is located before the start symbol of the time-domain resource that carries the second downlink data, and the number of resource blocks RBs that carry the first downlink data is greater than a preset value.
  • the control channel resource set CORESET of the first DCI is different from the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is different from the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink Row data, and the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
  • the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to: receive processing capability information from the terminal device, where the processing capability information indicates that the terminal device has a first processing capability, and that the terminal device has a first processing capability indicates that The terminal device can simultaneously receive at least two downlink data in the same carrier; the processing unit 310 is configured to configure the target carrier according to the processing capability information;
  • the processing capability information carries a first number of carriers, and the first number of carriers represents the number of carriers that can be configured.
  • the processing capability information carries a second carrier quantity, and the second carrier quantity is used to represent the quantity of the target carrier that can be configured.
  • the transceiving unit 320 is further configured to receive confirmation ACK information or non-confirmation NACK information from the terminal device.
  • processing unit 310 and the transceiving unit 320 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant description in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and will not be repeated here.
  • the transceiver unit 320 is used to report the first capability indication information, and the first capability indication information is used to indicate the number of first carriers supported by the terminal device .
  • the transceiver unit 320 is used to receive the first capability indication information reported by the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 310 is configured to determine the number of second carriers according to the number of first carriers, where the number of second carriers is less than or equal to the number of first carriers, and the number of second carriers is A+Bxr.
  • the minimum time interval between the end symbol of the time domain of the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and the start symbol of the time domain carrying the feedback information of the PDSCH is less than the preset time interval threshold.
  • A means that only one control resource set group information is configured or not configured
  • the number of carriers for control resource group information, B is the number of carriers configured with multiple control resource group information, and r is a positive number greater than or equal to 1.
  • processing unit 310 and the transceiver unit 320 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant description in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device 400 includes a processor 410 and an interface circuit 420.
  • the processor 410 and the interface circuit 420 are coupled to each other.
  • the interface circuit 420 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device 400 may further include a memory 430 for storing instructions executed by the processor 410 or storing input data required by the processor 410 to run the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 410 runs the instructions.
  • the processor 410 is used to perform the functions of the above-mentioned processing unit 310, and the interface circuit 420 is used to perform the above-mentioned functions of the transceiving unit 320.
  • the processor 410 is used to perform the functions of the processing unit 310 described above, and the interface circuit 420 is used to perform the functions of the transceiver unit 320 described above.
  • the terminal device chip When the foregoing communication device is a chip applied to a terminal device, the terminal device chip implements the function of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the terminal device chip receives information from other modules in the terminal device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna), and the information is sent by the network device to the terminal device; or, the terminal device chip sends information to other modules in the terminal device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna).
  • the antenna sends information, which is sent from the terminal device to the network device.
  • the network device chip implements the function of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the network device chip receives information from other modules in the network device (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent by the terminal device to the network device; or, the network device chip sends information to other modules in the network device (such as radio frequency modules or antennas).
  • the antenna sends information, which is sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits. (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or well-known in the art Any other form of storage medium.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the network device or the terminal device.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program or instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted through the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server integrating one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a DVD; it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk (SSD).
  • “at least one” refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are an “or” relationship; in the formula of this application, the character “/” indicates that the associated objects before and after are a kind of "division” Relationship.

Abstract

The present application provides a data processing method and a communication apparatus, in which according to whether a control channel resource set (CORESET) bearing first downlink control information (DCI) and a CORESET bearing second DCI satisfy a target condition, or, according to whether a CORESENT group bearing the first DCI and a CORESENT group bearing the second DCI satisfies the target condition, a decoding processing operation of a PDSCH scheduled in the first DCI and the second DCI is determined. In this way, the present invention provides a solution for improving the flexibility of a network device in scheduling downlink data without increasing the complexity of decoding processing of a terminal device.

Description

处理数据的方法和通信装置Method and communication device for processing data
本申请要求于2019年08月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910760382.0、申请名称为“处理数据的方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201910760382.0, and the application name is "Data Processing Method and Communication Device" on August 16, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference .
本申请要求于2019年09月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910936664.1、申请名称为“处理数据的方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on September 29, 2019, the application number is 201910936664.1, and the application name is "Data Processing Method and Communication Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference .
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体而言,涉及一种处理数据的方法和通信装置。This application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for processing data.
背景技术Background technique
当同一载波上承载至少两个下行数据时,当终端设备对接收到的至少两个下行数据进行解码处理时,如果时域资源#1上承载的下行数据#1所占据的资源块(resource block,RB)的数量大于一定阈值时,终端设备对下行数据#1的解码处理就有可能对时域资源#2上承载的下行数据#2的解码产生影响,其中,时域资源#2晚于时域资源#1,例如,终端设备对下行数据#1的处理时延会导致增大终端设备对下行数据#2的解码处理的时延。When at least two downlink data are carried on the same carrier, when the terminal device decodes the received at least two downlink data, if the resource block occupied by the downlink data #1 carried on the time domain resource #1 is , When the number of RBs is greater than a certain threshold, the terminal equipment's decoding processing of downlink data #1 may affect the decoding of downlink data #2 carried on time domain resource #2, where time domain resource #2 is later than Time domain resource #1, for example, the processing time delay of the terminal device on the downlink data #1 will increase the time delay of the terminal device's decoding processing on the downlink data #2.
目前,一种解决方案是:当存在上述情况时,终端设备通常会放弃对下行数据#1进行解码处理,这显然不利于网络设备与终端设备之间的正常通信,尤其是在多个协作传输节点共同服务相同的终端设备且该多个传输节点之间的信息交互采用有时延交互的场景。At present, a solution is: when the above situation exists, the terminal device will usually give up decoding the downlink data #1, which is obviously not conducive to the normal communication between the network device and the terminal device, especially in multiple cooperative transmissions. The nodes jointly serve the same terminal equipment and the information interaction between the multiple transmission nodes adopts a time-delayed interaction scenario.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种处理数据的方法,能够在不增加终端设备的解码处理复杂度的前提下,提高网络设备调度下行数据的灵活性。The present application provides a method for processing data, which can improve the flexibility of the network device in scheduling downlink data without increasing the complexity of the decoding processing of the terminal device.
第一方面,提供了一种处理数据的方法,包括:终端设备(也可以是终端设备中的模块,比如,芯片)在目标载波上接收第一下行数据与第二下行数据,其中,承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之前,且承载所述第一下行数据的资源块(resource block,RB)数大于预设值;当目标条件满足时,跳过对所述第一下行数据的解码处理;或,当目标条件不满足时,对所述第一下行数据执行解码处理;其中,所述目标条件为:承载第一(downlink control information,DCI)的控制信道资源集合(control resource set,CORESET)与承载第二DCI的CORESET相同,或,承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组相同,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一下行数据,所述第二DCI用于调度所述第二下行数据。In the first aspect, a method for processing data is provided, which includes: a terminal device (or a module in the terminal device, such as a chip) receiving first downlink data and second downlink data on a target carrier, where the bearer The end symbol of the time domain resource of the first downlink data is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data, and the resource block (resource block, RB) that carries the first downlink data When the target condition is satisfied, skip the decoding process of the first downlink data; or, when the target condition is not satisfied, perform the decoding process on the first downlink data; wherein, The target condition is: the control channel resource set (CORESET) carrying the first (downlink control information, DCI) is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI The CORESET group is the same, the first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink data, and the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
换句话说,上述目标条件满足时,终端设备跳过对第一下行数据的解码处理,可以进一步解释为:当承载第一DCI的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET 相同时,或者,当承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组相同时,终端设备会跳过对第一下行数据的解码处理,即,终端设备不对第一下行数据执行解码处理。In other words, when the above target conditions are met, the terminal device skips the decoding processing of the first downlink data, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI, Or, when the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, the terminal device skips the decoding process of the first downlink data, that is, the terminal device does not perform the decoding process on the first downlink data.
上述目标条件不满足时,终端设备对第一下行数据执行解码处理,可以进一步解释为:当承载第一DCI的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET不同时,或者,当承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组不相同时,终端设备会对第一下行数据执行解码处理,即,终端设备对第一下行数据与第二下行数据执行解码处理。When the above target condition is not met, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the first downlink data, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI is different from the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or when the second DCI is carried When the CORESET group of one DCI is different from the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the first downlink data, that is, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the first downlink data and the second downlink data.
基于上述技术方案,当终端设备在同一载波上接收到至少两个下行数据时,通过使终端设备根据承载第一DCI的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET是否满足目标条件,或者,根据承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组是否满足目标条件,确定是否跳过对第一下行数据的解码处理,相比于直接跳过对第一下行数据的解码处理,该方案能够在不增加终端设备的解码处理复杂度的前提下,提高网络设备调度下行数据的灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, when the terminal device receives at least two downlink data on the same carrier, the terminal device is configured to determine whether the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI and the CORESET carrying the second DCI meet the target conditions, or, Determine whether to skip the decoding process of the first downlink data according to whether the CORESET group carrying the first DCI and the CORESET group carrying the second DCI meet the target condition, compared to skipping the decoding process of the first downlink data directly This solution can improve the flexibility of network equipment scheduling downlink data without increasing the complexity of the decoding processing of the terminal equipment.
应理解,在具体实现时,上述目标载波可以包括一个载波,即,第一下行数据与第二下行数据承载在一个载波上,或者,目标载波可以包括至少两个载波,即第一下行数据与第二下行数据可以分别承载在不同的载波上。It should be understood that, in a specific implementation, the aforementioned target carrier may include one carrier, that is, the first downlink data and the second downlink data are carried on one carrier, or the target carrier may include at least two carriers, that is, the first downlink The data and the second downlink data may be carried on different carriers respectively.
还应理解,在具体实现时,网络设备可以在目标载波上向终端设备发送包括下行数据#1与下行数据#2在内的两个下行数据或多个下行数据,本申请实施例对此不作特别限定。It should also be understood that, during specific implementation, the network device can send two or more downlink data including downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device on the target carrier, and this embodiment of the application does not do this. Specially limited.
还应理解,在具体实现时,第一下行数据与第二下行数据可以分别占用连续的时间单元,比如占用连续的符号,或者,可以分别占用不连续的时间单元。例如,当第一下行数据占用不连续的时间单元时,一种可能的发送方式是第一下行数据占用了多个时隙(slot),但在每个slot中仅占用部分符号,则承载第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号指的是承载第一下行数据的时域资源的最后一个符号。It should also be understood that in specific implementation, the first downlink data and the second downlink data may respectively occupy continuous time units, such as continuous symbols, or may respectively occupy discontinuous time units. For example, when the first downlink data occupies a discontinuous time unit, one possible transmission method is that the first downlink data occupies multiple time slots (slots), but only some symbols are occupied in each slot, then The end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data refers to the last symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data.
还应理解,在具体实现时,承载第一下行数据的时域资源与承载第二下行数据的时域资源之间可以完全不重叠,或者,可以部分重叠,本申请实施例对此不作特别限定。It should also be understood that, in a specific implementation, the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data may not overlap at all, or may partially overlap. This embodiment of the present application does not make any special difference. limited.
例如,承载第一下行数据的时域资源与承载第二下行数据的时域资源完全不重叠可以解释为:第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之前;承载第一下行数据的时域资源与承载第二下行数据的时域资源部分重叠可以解释为:承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之后且承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的起始符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号之前,或者,承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号之后且承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的起始符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号之前。For example, the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data do not overlap at all can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resource of the first downlink data is located in the time domain resource of the second downlink data Before the start symbol of the first downlink data; the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data partially overlap can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data is located in the bearer After the start symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data is located before the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data, or, The end symbol of the time domain resource that carries the first downlink data is located after the end symbol of the time domain resource that carries the second downlink data, and the start symbol of the time domain resource that carries the first downlink data is located in the bearer Before the end symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data.
对于第一下行数据和第二下行数据部分重叠的场景,本申请提供了一种处理数据的方法,包括:终端设备(也可以是终端设备中的模块,比如,芯片)在目标载波上接收第一下行数据与第二下行数据,其中,承载所述第一下行数据的资源块RB数大于预设值;当目标条件满足时,跳过对所述第一下行数据的解码处理;或,当目标条件不满足时,对所述第一下行数据执行解码处理;其中,所述目标条件为:承载第一DCI的控制信道资源集 合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET相同,或,承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组相同,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一下行数据,所述第二DCI用于调度所述第二下行数据。For scenarios where the first downlink data and the second downlink data partially overlap, this application provides a method for processing data, including: a terminal device (or a module in the terminal device, such as a chip) receiving on the target carrier The first downlink data and the second downlink data, wherein the number of resource blocks RBs carrying the first downlink data is greater than a preset value; when the target condition is met, the decoding process of the first downlink data is skipped Or, when the target condition is not satisfied, perform decoding processing on the first downlink data; wherein, the target condition is: the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or The CORESET group carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET group carrying the second DCI. The first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink data, and the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
可选地,上述目标条件可以替换为第一DCI指示解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)的和第二DCI指示的DMRS属于相同的码分复用(code division multiplexing,CDM)组。Optionally, the above-mentioned target condition may be replaced with the first DCI indicating that the demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) and the DMRS indicated by the second DCI belong to the same code division multiplexing (CDM) group.
可选地,上述目标条件可以替换为第一DCI指示的PUCCH资源和第二DCI指示的PUCCH资源属于相同的PUCCH资源组。Optionally, the foregoing target condition may be replaced with that the PUCCH resource indicated by the first DCI and the PUCCH resource indicated by the second DCI belong to the same PUCCH resource group.
可选地,上述目标条件可以替换为第一DCI指示的混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat reQuest,HARQ)处理进程编号组和第二DCI指示的HARQ处理进程编号组属于相同的HARQ处理进程编号组。Optionally, the above target condition can be replaced with the hybrid automatic repeat reQuest (HARQ) processing process number group indicated by the first DCI and the HARQ processing process number group indicated by the second DCI belong to the same HARQ processing process number group.
还应理解,上述承载下行数据#1的RB数大于预设值只是作为示例性说明,并不对本申请实施例构成限定,在具体实现时,还可以是替换为承载下行数据#1的RE数大于预设值,或者,还可以替换为承载下行数据#1的频域资源的带宽大于预设值,或者,还可以替换为承载下行数据#1对应的DMRS的RB数或者承载下行数据#1对应的DMRS的频域资源的带宽大于预设值,本申请实施例对此不作特别限定。It should also be understood that the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 above the preset value is only for illustrative purposes, and does not limit the embodiment of the present application. In specific implementation, it can also be replaced by the number of REs carrying downlink data #1. It is greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource carrying downlink data #1 being greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the number of RBs carrying the DMRS corresponding to downlink data #1 or the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 The bandwidth of the frequency domain resource of the corresponding DMRS is greater than the preset value, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:当所述目标条件满足时,向网络设备发送所述第一下行数据的非确认NACK信息。In some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: when the target condition is satisfied, sending non-acknowledged NACK information of the first downlink data to the network device.
基于上述技术方案,当终端设备跳过对第一下行数据的解码处理时,通过向网络设备发送第一下行数据的非确认NACK信息,从而终端设备可以不对第一下行数据进行解码处理而直接将第一下行数据解码失败的信息告知网络设备。Based on the above technical solution, when the terminal device skips the decoding process of the first downlink data, by sending the non-acknowledged NACK information of the first downlink data to the network device, the terminal device may not decode the first downlink data. Instead, the network device is directly notified of the failure to decode the first downlink data.
在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:当所述目标条件不满足时,向网络设备发送根据所述第一下行数据确定的确认ACK信息或非确认NACK信息。也就是说,终端设备需要基于对第一下行数据的解码处理的成功与否,反馈第一下行数据的有效HARQ-ACK信息,其中,有效HARQ-ACK信息包括确认ACK信息或非确认NACK信息。In some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: when the target condition is not met, sending confirmation ACK information or non-confirmation NACK information determined according to the first downlink data to the network device. That is to say, the terminal device needs to feed back the valid HARQ-ACK information of the first downlink data based on the success of the decoding process of the first downlink data, where the valid HARQ-ACK information includes acknowledged ACK information or non-acknowledged NACK information.
基于上述技术方案,当终端设备执行第一下行数据的解码处理时,通过向网络设备发送第一下行数据的确认ACK信息或非确认NACK信息,从而将终端设备对第一下行数据解码成功或者解码失败这一情况告知网络设备。Based on the above technical solution, when the terminal device performs the decoding process of the first downlink data, the terminal device decodes the first downlink data by sending the acknowledgement ACK information or non-acknowledgement NACK information of the first downlink data to the network device. The situation of success or failure of decoding informs the network equipment.
在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一时间间隔大于第二时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔为承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载所述第一下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的最小时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔为承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载所述第二下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的最小时间间隔。In some implementations of the first aspect, the first time interval is greater than the second time interval, and the first time interval is from the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data to the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data. The minimum time interval between the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of the line data, and the second time interval is from the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data to the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data. The minimum time interval between the start symbols of the time domain resources of the feedback information.
可选地,第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔是预先定义的,终端设备不需要向网络设备上报第一时间间隔,网络设备会默认终端设备支持采用第一时间间隔执行数据处理操作,从而将第一时间间隔作为最小时间间隔来调度第一下行数据;对于第二时间间隔,则需要终端设备向网络设备上报其支持采用第二时间间隔执行数据处理操作,之后,网络设备会将第二时间间隔作为最小时间间隔来调度第二下行数据。Optionally, the first time interval and the second time interval are pre-defined, and the terminal device does not need to report the first time interval to the network device. The network device will default to the terminal device supporting data processing operations using the first time interval, thereby changing The first time interval is used as the minimum time interval to schedule the first downlink data; for the second time interval, the terminal device needs to report to the network device that it supports the use of the second time interval to perform data processing operations, and then the network device will The time interval is used as the minimum time interval to schedule the second downlink data.
可选地,对于支持第一时间间隔作为最小时间间隔的终端设备,若网络设备调度的下行数据到反馈的时间间隔不小于第一时间间隔,终端设备反馈该数据的有效HARQ-ACK信息;对于支持第二时间间隔作为最小时间间隔的终端设备,若网络设备调度的下行数据到反馈的时间间隔不小于第二时间间隔,终端设备反馈该数据的有效HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, for a terminal device that supports the first time interval as the minimum time interval, if the time interval from the downlink data scheduled by the network device to the feedback is not less than the first time interval, the terminal device feeds back the effective HARQ-ACK information of the data; For the terminal device that supports the second time interval as the minimum time interval, if the time interval from the downlink data scheduled by the network device to the feedback is not less than the second time interval, the terminal device feeds back the effective HARQ-ACK information of the data.
在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力表示所述终端设备在同一载波内能够同时处理两个下行数据或者多个下行数据。In some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device has the first processing capability, and the terminal device has the first processing capability means that the terminal device can simultaneously process two downlink data or multiple downlink data in the same carrier. data.
在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力表示所述网络设备在同一载波内能够同时发送两个下行数据或者多个下行数据。In some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device has the first processing capability, and the terminal device has the first processing capability means that the network device can simultaneously send two downlink data or multiple downlink data in the same carrier. data.
可选地,两个同时发送的下行数据分别由第一DCI和第二DCI调度。Optionally, the two simultaneously sent downlink data are scheduled by the first DCI and the second DCI respectively.
可选地,当终端设备具备第一处理能力且不支持采用第二时间间隔执行数据处理操作时,网络设备可以在同一载波内向终端设备同时发送至少两个下行数据,且网络设备调度每个下行数据的最小调度时延均为第一时间间隔。Optionally, when the terminal device has the first processing capability and does not support the use of the second time interval to perform data processing operations, the network device may simultaneously send at least two downlink data to the terminal device within the same carrier, and the network device schedules each downlink The minimum scheduling delay of data is the first time interval.
可选地,当终端设备具备第一处理能力且支持采用第二时间间隔执行数据处理操作时,网络设备可以在同一载波内向终端设备同时发送至少两个下行数据,且网络设备调度每个下行数据的最小调度时延均为第二时间间隔。Optionally, when the terminal device has the first processing capability and supports the use of the second time interval to perform data processing operations, the network device may simultaneously send at least two downlink data to the terminal device within the same carrier, and the network device schedules each downlink data The minimum scheduling delay is the second time interval.
在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送处理能力信息,所述处理能力信息指示所述终端设备具备所述第一处理能力。In some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device sending processing capability information to the network device, the processing capability information indicating that the terminal device has the first processing capability.
在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述处理能力信息中包括第一载波数量,所述第一载波数量用于表征所述终端设备支持所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置目标载波。其中,第一载波数量大于或等于2。In some implementation manners of the first aspect, the processing capability information includes a first carrier quantity, and the first carrier quantity is used to characterize that the terminal device supports the network device to configure a target carrier for the terminal device. Wherein, the number of first carriers is greater than or equal to 2.
具体地,网络设备可以根据第一载波数量,配置目标载波。例如,当网络设备配置的载波数量等于第一载波数量,代表网络设备没有将任何一个载波配置为目标载波,并且代表在网络设备配置的载波上终端设备均不支持第一处理能力。Specifically, the network device may configure the target carrier according to the number of first carriers. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the network device is equal to the number of first carriers, it means that the network device has not configured any carrier as the target carrier, and it means that none of the terminal devices on the carrier configured by the network device supports the first processing capability.
再例如,当网络设备配置的载波数量小于或等于第一载波数量的一半时,代表网络设备配置的小于或等于第一载波数量的一半的载波均为目标载波,且代表在网络设备配置的小于或等于第一载波数量的一半的载波上终端设备均支持第一处理能力。For another example, when the number of carriers configured by the network device is less than or equal to half of the first carrier number, carriers configured by the network device that are less than or equal to half of the first carrier number are all target carriers, and it represents that the carrier configured by the network device is less than or equal to half of the first carrier number. All terminal devices on carriers that are equal to half the number of the first carriers support the first processing capability.
可选地,网络设备配置的每个载波中携带指示信息,该指示信息用于指示每个载波是否支持终端设备采用第一处理能力接收数据。其中,指示信息可以是CORESET组指示信息。例如,载波1上仅配置有一个CORESET组,则表明载波1不支持采用第一处理能力接收数据,再例如,载波2上配置有两个CORESET组,则表明载波2支持采用第一处理能力接收数据。Optionally, each carrier configured by the network device carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate whether each carrier supports the terminal device to receive data using the first processing capability. Wherein, the indication information may be CORESET group indication information. For example, if only one CORESET group is configured on carrier 1, it indicates that carrier 1 does not support receiving data with the first processing capability. For another example, if two CORESET groups are configured on carrier 2, it indicates that carrier 2 supports receiving with the first processing capability. data.
可选地,采用第一处理能力的载波为目标载波。Optionally, the carrier with the first processing capability is used as the target carrier.
再例如,当网络设备配置的载波数量大于第一载波数量的一半且小于第一载波数量时,代表网络设备配置的载波中只可能有一部分是目标载波,另一部分则不是目标载波,此时,网络设备配置的每个载波中需要携带该指示信息。For another example, when the number of carriers configured by the network equipment is greater than half of the number of the first carriers and less than the number of the first carriers, only part of the carriers configured by the network equipment may be the target carrier, and the other part may not be the target carrier. In this case, Each carrier configured by the network device needs to carry this indication information.
可选地,目标载波数量不大于第一载波数量的一半。Optionally, the number of target carriers is not more than half of the number of first carriers.
在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述处理能力信息携带有第二载波数量,所述第二载 波数量用于表征支持所述目标载波的数量。In some implementations of the first aspect, the processing capability information carries a second carrier quantity, and the second carrier quantity is used to characterize the quantity supporting the target carrier.
第二方面,提供了一种处理数据的方法,包括:网络设备(也可以是网络设备中的模块,比如,芯片)在目标载波上向终端设备发送第一下行数据与第二下行数据,其中,承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之前,且承载所述第一下行数据的资源块RB数大于预设值,其中,承载第一DCI的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET不同,或,承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组不同,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一下行数据,所述第二DCI用于调度所述第二下行数据。In a second aspect, a method for processing data is provided, including: a network device (or a module in the network device, such as a chip) sending first downlink data and second downlink data to a terminal device on a target carrier, Wherein, the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data, and the number of resource blocks carrying the first downlink data is greater than The preset value, where the CORESET of the control channel resource set carrying the first DCI is different from the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is different from the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, and the first DCI is used When scheduling the first downlink data, the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
基于上述技术方案,当网络设备在同一载波上向终端设备发送至少两个下行数据时,为了获取有效HARQ-ACK反馈信息,则第一下行数据和第二下行数据可以由不同的CORESET或者CORESET组中的DCI调度,该方案能够在不增加终端设备的解码处理复杂度的前提下,提高网络设备调度下行数据的灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, when the network device sends at least two downlink data to the terminal device on the same carrier, in order to obtain valid HARQ-ACK feedback information, the first downlink data and the second downlink data can be set by different CORESET or CORESET The DCI scheduling in the group can improve the flexibility of the network equipment in scheduling downlink data without increasing the complexity of the decoding processing of the terminal equipment.
应理解,在具体实现时,上述目标载波可以包括一个载波,即,第一下行数据与第二下行数据承载在一个载波上,或者,目标载波可以包括至少两个载波,即第一下行数据与第二下行数据可以分别承载在不同的载波上。It should be understood that, in a specific implementation, the aforementioned target carrier may include one carrier, that is, the first downlink data and the second downlink data are carried on one carrier, or the target carrier may include at least two carriers, that is, the first downlink The data and the second downlink data may be carried on different carriers respectively.
还应理解,在具体实现时,网络设备可以在目标载波上向终端设备发送包括下行数据#1与下行数据#2在内的两个下行数据或多个下行数据,本申请实施例对此不作特别限定。It should also be understood that, during specific implementation, the network device can send two or more downlink data including downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device on the target carrier, and this embodiment of the application does not do this. Specially limited.
还应理解,在具体实现时,第一下行数据与第二下行数据可以分别占用连续的时间单元,比如占用连续的符号,或者,可以分别占用不连续的时间单元。例如,当第一下行数据占用不连续的时间单元时,一种可能的发送方式是第一下行数据占用了多个时隙(slot),但在每个slot中仅占用部分符号,则承载第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号指的是承载第一下行数据的时域资源的最后一个符号。It should also be understood that in specific implementation, the first downlink data and the second downlink data may respectively occupy continuous time units, such as continuous symbols, or may respectively occupy discontinuous time units. For example, when the first downlink data occupies a discontinuous time unit, one possible transmission method is that the first downlink data occupies multiple time slots (slots), but only some symbols are occupied in each slot, then The end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data refers to the last symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data.
还应理解,在具体实现时,承载第一下行数据的时域资源与承载第二下行数据的时域资源之间可以完全不重叠,或者,可以部分重叠,本申请实施例对此不作特别限定。It should also be understood that, in a specific implementation, the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data may not overlap at all, or may partially overlap. This embodiment of the present application does not make any special difference. limited.
例如,承载第一下行数据的时域资源与承载第二下行数据的时域资源完全不重叠可以解释为:第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之前;承载第一下行数据的时域资源与承载第二下行数据的时域资源部分重叠可以解释为:承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之后且承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的起始符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号之前,或者,承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号之后且承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的起始符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号之前。For example, the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data do not overlap at all can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resource of the first downlink data is located in the time domain resource of the second downlink data Before the start symbol of the first downlink data; the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data and the time domain resources that carry the second downlink data partially overlap can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resources that carry the first downlink data is located in the bearer After the start symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data is located before the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data, or, The end symbol of the time domain resource that carries the first downlink data is located after the end symbol of the time domain resource that carries the second downlink data, and the start symbol of the time domain resource that carries the first downlink data is located in the bearer Before the end symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data.
对于第一下行数据和第二下行数据部分重叠的场景,本申请提供了一种处理数据的方法,包括:网络设备(也可以是网络设备中的模块,比如,芯片)在目标载波上向终端设备发送第一下行数据与第二下行数据,承载所述第一下行数据的资源块RB数大于预设值,其中,承载第一DCI的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET不同,或,承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组不同,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一下行数据,所述第二DCI用于调度所述第二下行数据。For scenarios where the first downlink data and the second downlink data partially overlap, this application provides a method for processing data, which includes: a network device (or a module in the network device, such as a chip) on the target carrier The terminal device sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data, and the number of resource blocks RBs carrying the first downlink data is greater than a preset value, where the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI and the control channel resource set carrying the second DCI The CORESET is different, or the CORESET group that carries the first DCI is different from the CORESET group that carries the second DCI. The first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink data, and the second DCI is used to schedule the second Downlink data.
还应理解,上述承载下行数据#1的RB数大于预设值只是作为示例性说明,并不对本 申请实施例构成限定,在具体实现时,还可以是替换为承载下行数据#1的RE数大于预设值,或者,还可以替换为承载下行数据#1的频域资源的带宽大于预设值,或者,还可以替换为承载下行数据#1对应的DMRS的RB数或者承载下行数据#1对应的DMRS的频域资源的带宽大于预设值,本申请实施例对此不作特别限定。It should also be understood that the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 above the preset value is only for illustrative purposes, and does not limit the embodiment of the present application. In specific implementation, it can also be replaced by the number of REs carrying downlink data #1. It is greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource carrying downlink data #1 being greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the number of RBs carrying the DMRS corresponding to downlink data #1 or the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 The bandwidth of the frequency domain resource of the corresponding DMRS is greater than the preset value, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述终端设备的处理能力信息,所述处理能力信息指示所述终端设备具备第一处理能力,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力表示所述终端设备在同一载波内能够同时接收至少两个下行数据;根据所述处理能力信息,配置所述目标载波。In some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving processing capability information from the terminal device, the processing capability information indicating that the terminal device has a first processing capability, and the terminal device has a first processing capability. A processing capability indicates that the terminal device can receive at least two downlink data simultaneously in the same carrier; the target carrier is configured according to the processing capability information.
在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述处理能力信息携带有第一载波数量,所述第一载波数量表征所述终端设备支持所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置目标载波。其中,第一载波数量大于或等于2。In some implementation manners of the second aspect, the processing capability information carries a first carrier quantity, and the first carrier quantity represents that the terminal device supports the network device to configure a target carrier for the terminal device. Wherein, the number of first carriers is greater than or equal to 2.
具体地,网络设备可以根据第一载波数量,确定是否为终端设备配置目标载波以及配置的目标载波数量。例如,当网络设备配置的载波数量等于第一载波数量,代表网络设备没有将任何一个载波配置为目标载波,并且代表在网络设备配置的载波上上终端设备均不支持第一处理能力。Specifically, the network device may determine whether to configure the target carrier for the terminal device and the configured target carrier number according to the first carrier quantity. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the network device is equal to the number of first carriers, it means that the network device has not configured any carrier as the target carrier, and it means that none of the terminal devices on the carrier configured by the network device supports the first processing capability.
例如,当网络设备配置的载波数量小于或等于第一载波数量的一半时,代表网络设备配置的小于或等于第一载波数量的一半的载波均为目标载波,且代表在网络设备配置的小于或等于第一载波数量的一半的载波上终端设备均支持第一处理能力。For example, when the number of carriers configured by the network device is less than or equal to half of the first carrier number, the carriers configured by the network device less than or equal to half of the first carrier number are all target carriers, and it represents that the number of carriers configured by the network device is less than or equal to All terminal devices on carriers equal to half of the number of the first carriers support the first processing capability.
例如,当网络设备配置的载波数量大于第一载波数量的一半且小于第一载波数量时,代表网络设备配置的载波中有一部分是目标载波,另一部分则不是目标载波,此时,网络设备可以将小于或等于第一载波数量的一半的载波配置为目标载波,代表在目标载波上终端设备支持第一处理能力,在另一部分非目标载波上终端设备不支持第一处理能力。For example, when the number of carriers configured by the network device is greater than half of the number of the first carrier and less than the number of the first carrier, it means that part of the carrier configured by the network device is the target carrier, and the other part is not the target carrier. In this case, the network device can Configuring carriers less than or equal to half of the number of the first carriers as the target carrier means that the terminal device supports the first processing capability on the target carrier, and the terminal device does not support the first processing capability on the other part of the non-target carriers.
在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述处理能力信息携带有第二载波数量,所述第二载波数量用于表征能够配置的所述目标载波的数量。In some implementation manners of the second aspect, the processing capability information carries a second carrier quantity, and the second carrier quantity is used to characterize the quantity of the target carrier that can be configured.
在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述终端设备的确认ACK信息或非确认NACK信息。也就是说,终端设备需要基于对第一下行数据的解码处理的成功与否,反馈第一下行数据的有效HARQ-ACK信息,其中,有效HARQ-ACK信息包括确认ACK信息或非确认NACK信息。In some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving acknowledgement ACK information or non-acknowledgement NACK information from the terminal device. That is to say, the terminal device needs to feed back the valid HARQ-ACK information of the first downlink data based on the success of the decoding process of the first downlink data, where the valid HARQ-ACK information includes acknowledged ACK information or non-acknowledged NACK information.
基于上述技术方案,当终端设备执行第一下行数据的解码处理时,通过向网络设备发送第一下行数据的确认ACK信息或非确认NACK信息,从而将终端设备对第一下行数据解码成功或者解码失败这一情况告知网络设备。Based on the above technical solution, when the terminal device performs the decoding process of the first downlink data, the terminal device decodes the first downlink data by sending the acknowledgement ACK information or non-acknowledgement NACK information of the first downlink data to the network device. The success or failure of decoding informs the network equipment.
第三方面,当终端设备支持采用第二时间间隔执行数据处理操作时,且当来自网络设备的下行数据占用的RB数大于第一预设值,网络设备调度该下行数据的最小调度时延为第一时间间隔,同时终端设备将第一时间间隔作为处理该下行数据的最小时间间隔。其中,所述第一预设值小于第一方面或第二方面中的所述预设值。In the third aspect, when the terminal device supports the use of the second time interval to perform data processing operations, and when the number of RBs occupied by the downlink data from the network device is greater than the first preset value, the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule the downlink data is The first time interval, meanwhile, the terminal device regards the first time interval as the minimum time interval for processing the downlink data. Wherein, the first preset value is smaller than the preset value in the first aspect or the second aspect.
可选地,终端设备在目标载波上接收第一下行数据与第二下行数据,其中,承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之前,且承载所述第一下行数据的资源块RB数大于第一预设值;当目标条件满足时,跳过对所述第一下行数据的解码处理;或,当目标条件不满足时,对所述第一下行数据执行 解码处理;其中,所述目标条件为:承载第一DCI的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET相同,或,承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组相同,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一下行数据,所述第二DCI用于调度所述第二下行数据。Optionally, the terminal device receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data on the target carrier, wherein the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data is located in the time domain carrying the second downlink data Before the start symbol of the resource, and the number of resource blocks RB carrying the first downlink data is greater than the first preset value; when the target condition is met, skip the decoding process of the first downlink data; or, When the target condition is not met, perform decoding processing on the first downlink data; wherein, the target condition is: the control channel resource set CORESET that carries the first DCI is the same as the CORESET that carries the second DCI, or The CORESET group of a DCI is the same as the CORESET group carrying the second DCI. The first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink data, and the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
例如,网络设备向终端设备发送了第一下行数据与第二下行数据,其中终端设备支持采用第二时间间隔执行数据处理操作。For example, the network device sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the terminal device, where the terminal device supports performing data processing operations at the second time interval.
当第一下行数据占用的RB数大于第一预设值,且第二下行数据占用的RB数大于第一预设值时,网络设备调度第一下行数据与第二下行数据的最小调度时延均为第一时间间隔。也就是说,当承载第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第一下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于该第一时间间隔,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息,或,当承载第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第一下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于该第一时间间隔,则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息;当承载第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第二下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于该第一时间间隔,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息,或,当承载第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第二下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于该第一时间间隔则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息。When the number of RBs occupied by the first downlink data is greater than the first preset value, and the number of RBs occupied by the second downlink data is greater than the first preset value, the network device schedules the minimum scheduling of the first downlink data and the second downlink data The time delay is the first time interval. That is, when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data is not less than the first time interval, then The terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data is less than For the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information; the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data Not less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data reaches the start of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data If the time interval between symbols is less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information.
当第一下行数据占用的RB数小于第一预设值,且第二下行数据占用的RB数大于第一预设值时,网络设备调度第一下行数据的最小调度时延为第二时间间隔,网络设备调度第二下行数据的最小调度时延为第一时间间隔。也就是说,当承载第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第一下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于该第一时间间隔,则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息,或,当承载第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第一下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于该第一时间间隔,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息;当承载第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第二下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于该第一时间间隔,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息,或,当承载第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第二下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于该第一时间间隔则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息。When the number of RBs occupied by the first downlink data is less than the first preset value, and the number of RBs occupied by the second downlink data is greater than the first preset value, the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule the first downlink data is second Time interval, the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule the second downlink data is the first time interval. That is, when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data is less than the first time interval, the terminal The device will feed back the corresponding NACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data is not less than the first symbol A time interval, the terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information; when the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data to the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data Not less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data reaches the start of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data If the time interval between symbols is less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information.
当第一下行数据占用的RB数大于第一预设值,且第二下行数据占用的RB数小于第一预设值时,网络设备调度第一下行数据的最小调度时延为第一时间间隔,网络设备调度第二下行数据的最小调度时延为第二时间间隔。也就是说,当承载第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第一下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于该第一时间间隔,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息,或,当承载第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第一下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于该第一时间间隔,则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息;当承载第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第二下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于该第一时间间隔则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息,或,当承载第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载第二下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于该第一时间间隔,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息。When the number of RBs occupied by the first downlink data is greater than the first preset value, and the number of RBs occupied by the second downlink data is less than the first preset value, the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule the first downlink data is the first Time interval, the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule the second downlink data is the second time interval. That is, when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data is not less than the first time interval, then The terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data is less than For the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information; the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data If the time interval is less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back the corresponding NACK information, or when the interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data If the time interval is not less than the first time interval, the terminal device will feed back corresponding HARQ-ACK information.
第四方面,提供了一种处理数据的方法,包括:终端设备(也可以是网络设备中的模块,比如,芯片)上报第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一载波数量。In a fourth aspect, a method for processing data is provided, which includes: a terminal device (or a module in a network device, such as a chip) reporting first capability indication information, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate the The number of the first carrier supported by the terminal device.
第五方面,提供了一种处理数据的方法,包括:网络设备(也可以是网络设备中的模块,比如,芯片)接收第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示第一载波数量;所述网络设备根据所述第一载波数量,确定第二载波的数量,其中,所述第二载波的数量小于或等于所述第一载波数量,且所述第二载波的数量为A+Bⅹr;所述第二载波上的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的时域结束符号到承载所述PDSCH的反馈信息的时域起始符号之间的最小时间间隔小于预设的时间间隔阈值,所述A为仅配置一个控制资源集合组信息或者未配置控制资源组信息的载波数量,所述B为配置多个控制资源集合组信息的载波数量,r为大于等于1的正数。In a fifth aspect, a method for processing data is provided, which includes: a network device (or a module in the network device, such as a chip) receiving first capability indication information, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate the first Number of carriers; the network device determines the number of second carriers according to the number of first carriers, wherein the number of second carriers is less than or equal to the number of first carriers, and the number of second carriers is A+Bⅹr; the minimum time interval between the end symbol of the time domain of the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the second carrier and the start symbol of the time domain carrying the feedback information of the PDSCH is less than the preset time interval threshold, so The A is the number of carriers configured with only one control resource set group information or no control resource group information is configured, the B is the number of carriers configured with multiple control resource set group information, and r is a positive number greater than or equal to 1.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备采用上述确定第二载波数量的方式,可以在保持终端设备处理复杂度不增加的基础上,合理配置载波数量以及在某些载波上使能多站协作传输机制,保证数据接收质量。Based on the above technical solution, the network equipment adopts the above-mentioned method of determining the number of second carriers, which can reasonably configure the number of carriers and enable the multi-station coordinated transmission mechanism on some carriers without increasing the processing complexity of the terminal equipment. Data reception quality.
可选的,所述第二载波的数量还可以为
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000001
其中,K为配置的载波数量,j为各个配置的载波的载波编号,比如j取{0,1…K-1},r j为大于等于1的正数且取值与第j个载波内配置的控制资源集合组的数量有关。比如,第j=1个载波内配置了一个控制资源集合组,则r 1=1,第j=2个载波内配置了两个控制资源集合组,则r 2=2。
Optionally, the number of the second carrier may also be
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000001
Among them, K is the number of configured carriers, j is the carrier number of each configured carrier, for example, j is {0,1...K-1}, and r j is a positive number greater than or equal to 1, and the value is within the j-th carrier The number of configured control resource collection groups is related. For example, if one control resource set group is configured in the j=1 carrier, then r 1 =1, and two control resource set groups are configured in the j=2 carrier, then r 2 =2.
可选的,r或者r j是终端设备上报的,或者,是高层信令配置的。具体的,r或者r j是高层信令配置的指的是,高层信令直接配置每个载波对应的r的取值,或者,高层信令配置每个载波中的控制资源集合组的数量,并预定义控制资源集合组的数量和r的对应关系,则根据每个载波上控制资源集合组的数量可以确定相应载波上r的取值。 Optionally, r or r j is reported by the terminal device, or configured by higher layer signaling. Specifically, r or r j refers to high-level signaling configuration, which means that high-level signaling directly configures the value of r corresponding to each carrier, or high-level signaling configures the number of control resource set groups in each carrier. And the corresponding relationship between the number of control resource set groups and r is predefined, and the value of r on the corresponding carrier can be determined according to the number of control resource set groups on each carrier.
可选的,K通过RRC信令配置,或者,通过MAC CE指示。Optionally, K is configured through RRC signaling, or indicated by MAC CE.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法中的终端设备,或者,为应用于终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:处理器,与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中终端设备所执行的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the terminal device in the foregoing method, or may be a chip applied to the terminal device. The communication device includes a processor, which is coupled with a memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method executed by the terminal device in the first aspect and any one of its possible implementation manners. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
当该通信装置为终端设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
当该通信装置为应用于终端设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。When the communication device is a chip applied to a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地,该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第七方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法中的网络设备,或者,为应用于网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:处理器,与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第二方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中网络设备所执行的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the network device in the foregoing method, or a chip applied to the network device. The communication device includes a processor, which is coupled to a memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method executed by the network device in the second aspect and any one of its possible implementation manners. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
当该通信装置为网络设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。When the communication device is a network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
当该通信装置为应用于网络设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。When the communication device is a chip applied to a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地,该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第八方面,提供了一种程序,该程序在被通信装置执行时,用于执行第一方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法,或者用于执行第二方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法。In an eighth aspect, a program is provided, which, when executed by a communication device, is used to execute any one of the first aspect and its possible implementation manners, or to execute the second aspect and its possible implementation manners Any method in.
第九方面,提供了一种程序产品,所述程序产品包括:程序代码,当所述程序代码被通信装置运行时,使得通信装置执行上述第一方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法,或者用于执行第二方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法。In a ninth aspect, a program product is provided, the program product comprising: program code, when the program code is run by a communication device, the communication device executes any method in the first aspect and its possible implementation manners , Or used to execute any method in the second aspect and its possible implementation manners.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有程序,所述程序被执行时,使得通信装置执行上述第一方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法,或者用于执行第二方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and the computer-readable storage medium stores a program. When the program is executed, the communication device executes any one of the first aspect and its possible implementation manners. Method, or for performing any method in the second aspect and its possible implementation manners.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是适用于本申请实施例的移动通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图2是独立反馈的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of independent feedback;
图3是联合反馈的示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of joint feedback;
图4是本申请提供的处理数据的方法的示意性交互图;Figure 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of the method for processing data provided by the present application;
图5是本申请提供的处理数据的方法的另一示意性交互图;FIG. 5 is another schematic interaction diagram of the method for processing data provided by the present application;
图6本申请提供的一种通信装置的示意性框图;Fig. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application;
图7本申请提供的另一种通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 7 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided in the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、第五代(5th Generation,5G)移动通信系统中的新无线(New Radio,NR)以及未来的移动通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (Time Division Duplex) , TDD), New Radio (NR) in the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) mobile communication system, and future mobile communication systems.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的移动通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示,该移动通信系统包括核心网设备110、无线接入网设备120和至少一个终端设备(如图1中的终端设备130和终端设备140)。终端设备通过无线的方式与无线接入网设备相连,无线接入网设备通过无线或有线方式与核心网设备连接。核心网设备与无线接入网设备可以是独立的不同的物理设备,也可以是将核心网设备的功能与无线接入网设备的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上,还可以是一个物理设备上集成了部分核心网设备的功能和部分的无线接入网设备的功能。终端设备可以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。图1只是示意图,该通信系统中还可以包括其它网络设备,如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备,在图1中未画出。本申请的实施例对该移动通信系统中包括的核心网设备、无线接入网设备和终端设备的数量不做限定。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the mobile communication system includes a core network device 110, a wireless access network device 120, and at least one terminal device (the terminal device 130 and the terminal device 140 in FIG. 1). The terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device in a wireless manner, and the wireless access network device is connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner. The core network device and the wireless access network device can be separate and different physical devices, or they can integrate the functions of the core network device and the logical function of the wireless access network device on the same physical device, or it can be a physical device It integrates the functions of part of the core network equipment and part of the wireless access network equipment. The terminal device can be a fixed location or movable. Fig. 1 is only a schematic diagram. The communication system may also include other network equipment, such as wireless relay equipment and wireless backhaul equipment, which are not shown in Fig. 1. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of core network equipment, radio access network equipment, and terminal equipment included in the mobile communication system.
本申请实施例中的无线接入网设备是终端设备通过无线方式接入到该移动通信系统中的接入设备,可以是基站NodeB、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、5G移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、未来移动通信系统中的基站或WiFi系统中的接入节点,还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,还可以是中继 站、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。在本申请中,无线接入网设备简称网络设备,如果无特殊说明,在本申请中,网络设备均指无线接入网设备。The radio access network equipment in the embodiments of the present application is an access equipment that a terminal device accesses to the mobile communication system in a wireless manner. It may be a base station NodeB, an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a transmission and reception point (transmission). reception point, TRP), the next generation NodeB (gNB) in the 5G mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access node in the WiFi system, or the cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio The wireless controller in the Access Network (CRAN) scenario can also be a relay station, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and a network device in the future evolved PLMN network. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the radio access network device. In this application, wireless access network equipment is referred to as network equipment. Unless otherwise specified, in this application, network equipment refers to wireless access network equipment.
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为终端Terminal、终端设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal, a terminal equipment (UE), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal (MT), etc. Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablets, computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal devices, industrial control (industrial control) ), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, and wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety) Terminal, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal device.
网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和人造卫星上。本申请的实施例对网络设备和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on airborne aircraft, balloons, and satellites. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of network equipment and terminal equipment.
网络设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱(licensed spectrum)进行通信,也可以通过免授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)进行通信,也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信。网络设备和终端设备之间可以通过6千兆赫(gigahertz,GHz)以下的频谱进行通信,也可以通过6GHz以上的频谱进行通信,还可以同时使用6GHz以下的频谱和6GHz以上的频谱进行通信。本申请的实施例对网络设备和终端设备之间所使用的频谱资源不做限定。The network device and the terminal device can communicate through a licensed spectrum (licensed spectrum), can also communicate through an unlicensed spectrum (unlicensed spectrum), or communicate through a licensed spectrum and an unlicensed spectrum at the same time. Network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through a frequency spectrum below 6 GHz (gigahertz, GHz), communicate through a frequency spectrum above 6 GHz, and communicate using a frequency spectrum below 6 GHz and a frequency spectrum above 6 GHz at the same time. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the spectrum resource used between the network device and the terminal device.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中,物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)、物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)和物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)只是作为下行数据信道、下行控制信道和上行数据信道一种举例,在不同的系统和不同的场景中,数据信道和控制信道可能有不同的名称,本申请的实施例对此并不做限定。It is understandable that, in the embodiments of the present application, the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) It is just an example of a downlink data channel, a downlink control channel, and an uplink data channel. In different systems and different scenarios, the data channel and the control channel may have different names, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
首先,对本申请实施例中用于通信的时域资源进行简单说明。First, the time domain resources used for communication in the embodiments of the present application are briefly described.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备和终端设备用于通信的时域资源在时域上可以划分为多个时间单元。In the embodiment of the present application, the time domain resources used by the network device and the terminal device for communication may be divided into multiple time units in the time domain.
多个时间单元可以是连续的,也可以是某些相邻的时间单元之间有一定的时间间隔,本申请实施例并未特别限定。The multiple time units may be continuous, or there may be a certain time interval between some adjacent time units, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application.
时间单元可以是包括用于上行数据传输和/或下行数据传输的时间单元。The time unit may include a time unit used for uplink data transmission and/or downlink data transmission.
在本申请的实施例中,对一个时间单元的长度不做限定例如,1个时间单元可以是一个或多个子帧;或者,也可以是一个或多个时隙(slot);或者,也可以是一个或多个符号。In the embodiments of the present application, the length of a time unit is not limited. For example, a time unit may be one or more subframes; or, it may be one or more time slots (slot); or, it may be Is one or more symbols.
在本申请的实施例中,符号也称为时域符号,可以是正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号,也可以是单载波频分复用(single carrier-frequency division multiplexing,SC-FDM)符号。如果没有特别说明,本申请实施例中的符号均指时域符号。In the embodiment of the present application, the symbol is also referred to as a time domain symbol, which can be an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, or a single carrier-frequency division multiplexing (single carrier-frequency division multiplexing) symbol. , SC-FDM) symbol. Unless otherwise specified, the symbols in the embodiments of the present application refer to time-domain symbols.
在本申请实施例中,对于多个时间单元来说,多个时间单元在时域上是存在时序关系的,且任意两个时间单元对应的时间长度可以相同也可以不同。In the embodiment of the present application, for multiple time units, the multiple time units have a time sequence relationship in the time domain, and the time lengths corresponding to any two time units may be the same or different.
下面,为了便于理解,对本申请实施例中涉及的数据传输的基本流程以及多TRP传输进行介绍。In the following, for ease of understanding, the basic flow of data transmission and multi-TRP transmission involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced.
一、数据传输的基本流程1. The basic process of data transmission
1.加扰1. scrambling
目前协议中支持最多传输两个码字(codeword)。每个码字q对应一组比特
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000002
这组比特可以认为是一个传输块(transmission block,TB)。其中,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000003
是在物理信道中传输的码字q的比特数,经过如下操作获得加扰后的码字
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000004
其中,c (q)(i)为加扰序列:
The current protocol supports the transmission of up to two codewords. Each codeword q corresponds to a set of bits
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000002
This group of bits can be considered as a transmission block (TB). among them,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000003
Is the number of bits of the codeword q transmitted in the physical channel, and the scrambled codeword is obtained through the following operations
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000004
Among them, c (q) (i) is the scrambling sequence:
2.调制2. Modulation
对于每个码字q,经过加扰的码字会采用表1中的一种调制方式获得一组复值调制符号
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000005
For each codeword q, the scrambled codeword will use one of the modulation methods in Table 1 to obtain a group of complex-valued modulation symbols
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000005
表1 调制方式Table 1 Modulation method
调制方式Modulation 调制阶数 Modulation order
QPSKQPSK 22
16QAM16QAM 44
64QAM64QAM 66
256QAM256QAM 88
其中,QPSK表示正交相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying,QPSK),QAM表示正交振幅调制(quadrature amplitude modulation,QAM)。Among them, QPSK means quadrature phase shift keying (quadrature phase shift keying, QPSK), and QAM means quadrature amplitude modulation (quadrature amplitude modulation, QAM).
3.层映射和天线端口映射3. Layer mapping and antenna port mapping
经过调制后的复值调制符号根据表2映射到一层或者多层。每个码字q的调制符号
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000006
被映射到层上x(i)=[x (0)(i) ... x (υ-1)(i)] T
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000007
其中,v是传输层数,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000008
是每层的调制符号数。每层的数据依靠空分复用(spatial multiplexing)。向量x(i)=[x (0)(i) ... x (υ-1)(i)] T根据如下公式映射到天线端口上:
The complex-valued modulation symbols after modulation are mapped to one or more layers according to Table 2. Modulation symbol for each codeword q
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000006
Is mapped to the layer x(i)=[x (0) (i) ... x (υ-1) (i)] T ,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000007
Where v is the number of transmission layers,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000008
Is the number of modulation symbols per layer. The data of each layer relies on spatial multiplexing. The vector x(i)=[x (0) (i) ... x (υ-1) (i)] T is mapped to the antenna port according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000009
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000010
对一个UE而言,现阶段NR支持最大8层的下行数据传输,其中,每个码字支持最大4层的下行传输,且每个码字对应各自独立的编码调制方案(modulation and codeing scheme,MCS),下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中包含每个码字对应的MCS字段,该字段指示了调制方式、目标码率和谱效率信息。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000010
For a UE, NR supports a maximum of 8 layers of downlink data transmission at this stage, where each codeword supports a maximum of 4 layers of downlink transmission, and each codeword corresponds to its own independent modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), the downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) contains the MCS field corresponding to each codeword, and this field indicates the modulation mode, target code rate, and spectral efficiency information.
表2 码字到层映射Table 2 Codeword to layer mapping
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000011
4.物理(physical)资源映射4. Physical resource mapping
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000012
映射到物理资源块(resource block,RB)的资源元素(resource element,RE)上。通常情况下,数据发送之前还会发送该数据对应的解调参考信(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)用于对该数据进行信道估计从而完成正确的解调。
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000012
It is mapped to a resource element (RE) of a physical resource block (resource block, RB). Generally, a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) corresponding to the data is also sent before the data is sent for channel estimation of the data to complete correct demodulation.
二、多TRP传输2. Multi TRP transmission
下行传输中,终端设备可以同时与至少一个基站通信,即同时接收多个基站的数据, 该传输模式被称为多站点协作传输(coordinated multiple points transmission/reception,CoMP)。上述至少一个基站组成一个协作集与该终端设备同时进行通信,协作集内的基站可以各自连接不同的控制节点,各个控制节点之间可以进行信息交互,比如交互调度策略信息以达成协作传输的目的,或者,协作集内的基站均连接同一个控制节点,该控制节点接收协作集内的基站收集的终端设备上报的信道状态信息(例如,信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)或者参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP),并根据协作集内所有终端设备的CSI对协作集内的终端设备进行统一调度,再将调度策略交互给与其连接的基站,再由各个基站通过PDCCH承载的DCI信令分别通知各自的终端设备。In downlink transmission, a terminal device can communicate with at least one base station at the same time, that is, receive data from multiple base stations at the same time. This transmission mode is called coordinated multiple points transmission/reception (CoMP). The aforementioned at least one base station forms a cooperating set to communicate with the terminal device at the same time. The base stations in the cooperating set can each connect to different control nodes, and each control node can exchange information, such as exchanging scheduling policy information to achieve the purpose of cooperative transmission. Or, the base stations in the cooperating set are all connected to the same control node, and the control node receives the channel state information (for example, channel state information (CSI) or reference signal reception) reported by the terminal equipment collected by the base stations in the cooperating set Power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP), and perform unified scheduling on the terminal devices in the cooperating set according to the CSI of all terminal devices in the cooperating set, and then exchange the scheduling strategy to the base station connected to it, and then each base station carries the load through the PDCCH DCI signaling informs respective terminal devices.
根据基站之间的信息交互时延,CoMP传输可以分为理想回传(ideal backhaul,IB)和非理想回传(non-ideal backhaul,NIB)。NIB场景下,由于基站之间的站间距较远,或者基站之间依靠铜线连接,其交互时延为2-5ms,甚至可能达到30ms。此时若依旧采用中心控制节点控制多个协作基站的框架,会由于交互时延导致调度信息失效从而影响整个系统的性能。所以在该场景下支持多个协作基站独立下发DCI从而独立调度该UE的PDSCH。此时需要支持每个协作基站独立指示DCI,多个协作基站会根据自身的调度策略和算法确定如何调度该终端设备。当多个协作基站根据各自的调度决策同时调度该终端设备时,终端设备会同时收到多个DCI分别调度各自PDSCH。该场景下,每个TRP各自调度的PDSCH也相应的支持独立的混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)反馈,比如TRP#1通过DCI#1调度PDSCH#1,TRP#2通过DCI#2调度PDSCH#2,则PDSCH#1的确认#1(ACK)/非确认#1(NACK)反馈承载于PUCCH#1上,TRP#1会在该资源上接收PDSCH#1的反馈,PDSCH#2的ACK#2/NACK#2反馈承载于PUCCH#2上,TRP#2会在该资源上接收PDSCH#2的反馈,如图2所示。According to the information exchange delay between base stations, CoMP transmission can be divided into ideal backhaul (IB) and non-ideal backhaul (NIB). In the NIB scenario, due to the long distance between the base stations or the copper wire connection between the base stations, the interaction delay is 2-5ms, and may even reach 30ms. At this time, if the framework of controlling multiple cooperative base stations by the central control node is still adopted, the scheduling information will become invalid due to the interaction delay, which will affect the performance of the entire system. Therefore, in this scenario, multiple cooperative base stations are supported to independently issue DCI to independently schedule the PDSCH of the UE. At this time, it is necessary to support each coordinated base station to independently indicate DCI, and multiple coordinated base stations will determine how to schedule the terminal device according to their own scheduling policies and algorithms. When multiple coordinated base stations schedule the terminal device at the same time according to their respective scheduling decisions, the terminal device will receive multiple DCIs at the same time to schedule their respective PDSCHs. In this scenario, the PDSCH scheduled by each TRP also supports independent hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback. For example, TRP#1 schedules PDSCH#1 through DCI#1, and TRP#2 passes DCI. #2 schedules PDSCH#2, then the acknowledgement #1 (ACK)/non-acknowledgement #1 (NACK) feedback of PDSCH#1 is carried on PUCCH#1, TRP#1 will receive PDSCH#1 feedback on this resource, PDSCH #2's ACK#2/NACK#2 feedback is carried on PUCCH#2, TRP#2 will receive PDSCH#2 feedback on this resource, as shown in Figure 2.
IB场景下,两个基站之间的交互时延可以认为忽略不计,所以从终端设备的角度看,其不能显式分辨出接收到的数据来自一个基站还是两个基站,也就是说,单基站的工作模式和多基站的工作模式从终端设备的角度看并无太大差别。此时两个基站下发的数据可以由一个基站下发一个DCI或者由两个基站分别下发两个DCI调度,两个基站下发的PDSCH可以在一个PUCCH资源上反馈,即两个PDSCH对应的HARQ比特可以联合编码形成一组UCI比特,如图3所示。In the IB scenario, the interaction delay between two base stations can be considered negligible, so from the perspective of the terminal device, it cannot clearly distinguish whether the received data comes from one base station or two base stations, that is, a single base station From the perspective of terminal equipment, there is not much difference between the working mode and the working mode of multiple base stations. At this time, the data sent by the two base stations can be sent by one base station or two DCI scheduling by two base stations respectively. The PDSCH sent by the two base stations can be fed back on one PUCCH resource, that is, two PDSCHs correspond to The HARQ bits can be jointly coded to form a group of UCI bits, as shown in Figure 3.
以上,对本申请实施例中涉及的技术术语做了简单描述。下面,对本申请实施例的处理数据的方法进行详细说明。Above, the technical terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are briefly described. Hereinafter, the method of processing data in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail.
当同一载波上承载至少两个下行数据时,当终端设备对接收到的至少两个下行数据进行解码处理时,如果时域资源#1上承载的下行数据#1所占据的资源块(resource block,RB)的数量大于一定阈值时,终端设备对下行数据#1的解码处理就有可能对时域资源#2上承载的下行数据#2的解码产生影响,其中,时域资源#2晚于时域资源#1,例如,终端设备对下行数据#1的处理时延会导致增大终端设备对下行数据#2的解码处理的时延。When at least two downlink data are carried on the same carrier, when the terminal device decodes the received at least two downlink data, if the resource block occupied by the downlink data #1 carried on the time domain resource #1 is , When the number of RBs is greater than a certain threshold, the terminal equipment's decoding processing of downlink data #1 may affect the decoding of downlink data #2 carried on time domain resource #2, where time domain resource #2 is later than Time domain resource #1, for example, the processing time delay of the terminal device on the downlink data #1 will increase the time delay of the terminal device's decoding processing on the downlink data #2.
目前,一种解决方案是:当存在上述情况时,终端设备通常会为了保证对下行数据#2的正常处理而放弃对下行数据#1进行解码处理,这显然不利于网络设备与终端设备之间的正常通信,尤其是在多个协作传输节点共同服务相同的终端设备且该多个传输节点之间的信息交互采用有时延交互的场景,比如两个传输节点无法获取实时获取对方的调度信 息,从而会导致在上述场景下其中一个下行数据被跳过解码。At present, a solution is: when the above situation exists, the terminal device usually abandons the decoding processing of the downlink data #1 in order to ensure the normal processing of the downlink data #2, which is obviously not conducive to the communication between the network device and the terminal device. Normal communication, especially when multiple coordinated transmission nodes jointly serve the same terminal device and the information interaction between the multiple transmission nodes adopts time-delayed interaction. For example, two transmission nodes cannot obtain the scheduling information of each other in real time, This will cause one of the downlink data to be skipped for decoding in the above scenario.
因此,本申请实施例提供了一种处理数据的方法,能够在不增加终端设备的解码处理复杂度的前提下,增加网络设备调度数据的灵活性,从而使得非理想交互场景下支持多个传输节点各自为同一个终端设备调度数据成为可能。Therefore, the embodiments of the present application provide a data processing method, which can increase the flexibility of network equipment scheduling data without increasing the decoding processing complexity of the terminal equipment, thereby enabling multiple transmissions to be supported in non-ideal interactive scenarios. It is possible for each node to schedule data for the same terminal device.
以下,结合图4至图6,对本申请实施例提供的处理数据的方法进行详细说明。Hereinafter, the method for processing data provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6.
图4是本申请实施例提供的处理数据的方法200的示意性交互图。下面,对方法200的每个步骤进行详细说明。FIG. 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 200 for processing data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Hereinafter, each step of the method 200 will be described in detail.
在本申请实施例中,以终端设备和网络设备作为执行方法200的执行主体为例,对方法200进行说明。作为示例而非限定,执行方法200的执行主体也可以是对应终端设备的芯片和对应网络设备的芯片。In the embodiment of the present application, the method 200 will be described by taking a terminal device and a network device as an executor of the method 200 as an example. As an example and not a limitation, the execution subject of the method 200 may also be a chip corresponding to a terminal device and a chip corresponding to a network device.
在S210中,网络设备在目标载波上发送下行数据#1(即,第一下行数据的一例)与下行数据#2(即,第二下行数据的一例),其中,承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号位于承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号之前,且承载下行数据#1的RB数大于预设值(例如,该预设值可以为136RB),其中,承载DCI#1(即,第一DCI的一例)的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载DCI#2(即,第二DCI的一例)的CORESET不同,或,承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组不同,DCI#1用于调度下行数据#1,DCI#2用于调度下行数据#2。相应地,终端设备接收来自网络设备的下行数据#1与下行数据#2。In S210, the network device sends downlink data #1 (that is, an example of the first downlink data) and downlink data #2 (that is, an example of the second downlink data) on the target carrier. The end symbol of the time domain resource is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2, and the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 is greater than a preset value (for example, the preset value may be 136 RB), where the bearer The control channel resource set CORESET of DCI#1 (i.e., an example of the first DCI) is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2 (i.e., an example of the second DCI), or the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 and the CORESET group carrying DCI#2 The CORESET group is different, DCI#1 is used to schedule downlink data #1, and DCI#2 is used to schedule downlink data #2. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 from the network device.
应理解,在具体实现时,上述目标载波可以包括一个载波,即,下行数据#1与下行数据#2承载在一个载波上,或者,目标载波可以包括至少两个载波,即下行数据#1与下行数据#2可以分别承载在不同的载波上。It should be understood that, in a specific implementation, the aforementioned target carrier may include one carrier, that is, downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 are carried on one carrier, or the target carrier may include at least two carriers, that is, downlink data #1 and Downlink data #2 can be carried on different carriers respectively.
还应理解,在具体实现时,网络设备可以在目标载波上向终端设备发送包括下行数据#1与下行数据#2在内的两个下行数据或多个下行数据,本申请实施例对此不作特别限定。It should also be understood that, during specific implementation, the network device can send two or more downlink data including downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device on the target carrier, and this embodiment of the application does not do this. Specially limited.
还应理解,在具体实现时,下行数据#1与下行数据#2可以分别占用连续的时间单元,比如占用连续的符号,或者,可以分别占用不连续的时间单元。例如,当下行数据#1占用不连续的时间单元时,一种可能的发送方式是下行数据#1占用了多个slot,但在每个slot中仅占用部分符号,则承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号指的是承载下行数据#1的时域资源的最后一个符号;另一种可能的发送方式是下行数据#1在一个slot内占用多个符号组,每个符号组包括连续的多个符号,不同符号组之间存在时间间隔。It should also be understood that in specific implementation, the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 may occupy continuous time units, such as continuous symbols, or may occupy discontinuous time units. For example, when downlink data #1 occupies a discontinuous time unit, a possible transmission method is that downlink data #1 occupies multiple slots, but only some symbols are occupied in each slot, then the downlink data #1 is carried. The end symbol of the time domain resource refers to the last symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1; another possible transmission method is that downlink data #1 occupies multiple symbol groups in a slot, and each symbol group includes There are multiple consecutive symbols, and there is a time interval between different symbol groups.
还应理解,在具体实现时,承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源之间可以完全不重叠,或者,可以部分重叠,本申请实施例对此不作特别限定。It should also be understood that, in specific implementation, the time domain resources carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resources carrying downlink data #2 may not overlap at all, or may partially overlap, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the application. .
例如,承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源完全不重叠可以解释为:下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号位于下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号之前;承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源部分重叠可以解释为:承载所述下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号之后且承载所述下行数据#1的时域资源的起始符号位于承载所述下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号之前,或者,承载所述下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号之后且承载所述下行数据#1的时域资源的起始符号位于承载所述下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号之前。For example, the time domain resources that carry downlink data #1 and the time domain resources that carry downlink data #2 do not overlap at all can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resource of downlink data #1 is located at the beginning of the time domain resource of downlink data #2 Before the start symbol; the partial overlap of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 can be interpreted as: the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #1 is located in the carrying the downlink data # After the start symbol of the time domain resource of 2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #1 is located before the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #2, or carrying the downlink data The end symbol of the time domain resource #1 is located after the end symbol of the time domain resource that carries the downlink data #2, and the start symbol of the time domain resource that carries the downlink data #1 is located in the time domain resource that carries the downlink data #2. Before the end symbol of the time domain resource.
当下行数据#1和下行数据#2部分重叠时,上述S210可以替换为:网络设备在目标载波上发送下行数据#1与下行数据#2,其中,承载下行数据#1的RB数大于预设值,承载DCI#1的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET不同,或,承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组不同,DCI#1用于调度下行数据#1,DCI#2用于调度下行数据#2。相应地,终端设备接收来自网络设备的下行数据#1与下行数据#2。When downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 partially overlap, the above S210 can be replaced with: the network device sends downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 on the target carrier, where the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 is greater than the preset Value, the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, and DCI#1 is used to schedule downlink data #1 , DCI#2 is used to schedule downlink data #2. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 from the network device.
还应理解,上述承载下行数据#1的RB数大于预设值只是作为示例性说明,并不对本申请实施例构成限定,在具体实现时,还可以是替换为承载下行数据#1的RE数大于预设值,或者,还可以替换为承载下行数据#1的频域资源的带宽大于预设值,或者,还可以替换为承载下行数据#1对应的DMRS的RB数或者承载下行数据#1对应的DMRS的频域资源的带宽大于预设值,本申请实施例对此不作特别限定。It should also be understood that the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 above the preset value is only for illustrative purposes, and does not limit the embodiment of the present application. In specific implementation, it can also be replaced by the number of REs carrying downlink data #1. It is greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource carrying downlink data #1 being greater than the preset value, or it can be replaced by the number of RBs carrying the DMRS corresponding to downlink data #1 or the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 The bandwidth of the frequency domain resource of the corresponding DMRS is greater than the preset value, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在S220中,当目标条件#1满足(即,目标条件的一例)时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理;或,当目标条件#1不满足时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理。In S220, when the target condition #1 is satisfied (that is, an example of the target condition), the terminal device skips the decoding process of the downlink data #1; or, when the target condition #1 is not satisfied, the terminal device performs the downlink data # 1 Perform decoding processing.
上述目标条件#1可以为:承载DCI#1的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET相同,或,承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组相同,DCI#1用于调度下行数据#1,DCI#2用于调度下行数据#2。The above target condition #1 may be: the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, and DCI#1 is used For scheduling downlink data #1, DCI #2 is used for scheduling downlink data #2.
具体地,终端设备接收到来自网络设备的下行数据#1与下行数据#2,终端设备可以确定目标条件#1是否满足,当目标条件#1满足时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理;或,当目标条件#1不满足时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理。例如,终端设备确定承载DCI#1的CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET相同,则终端设备确定目标条件#1满足,进而跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理;或,终端设备确定承载DCI#1的CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET不同,则终端设备确定目标条件#1不满足,进而对下行数据#1执行解码处理。Specifically, the terminal device receives downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 from the network device, the terminal device can determine whether the target condition #1 is satisfied, and when the target condition #1 is satisfied, the terminal device skips the download of the downlink data #1 Decoding processing; or, when target condition #1 is not met, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1. For example, if the terminal device determines that the CORESET carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2, the terminal device determines that the target condition #1 is satisfied, and then skips the decoding process of the downlink data #1; or, the terminal device determines that the DCI# is carried. The CORESET of 1 is different from the CORESET that carries DCI#2, and the terminal device determines that the target condition #1 is not satisfied, and then performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1.
换句话说,上述目标条件#1满足时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理,可以进一步解释为:当承载DCI#1的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET相同时,或者,当承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组相同时,终端设备会跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理,即,终端设备不对下行数据#1执行解码处理。In other words, when the above target condition #1 is met, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2 Or, when the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, the terminal device will skip the decoding process of downlink data #1, that is, the terminal device will not perform decoding processing on downlink data #1.
上述目标条件#1不满足时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理,可以进一步解释为:当承载DCI#1的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET不同时,或者,当承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组不相同时,终端设备会对下行数据#1执行解码处理,即,终端设备对下行数据#1与下行数据2执行解码处理。When the above target condition #1 is not met, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or when the carrier When the CORESET group of DCI#1 is different from the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1, that is, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1 and downlink data 2.
需要说明的是,在具体实现时,上述S220还可以替换为:It should be noted that in specific implementation, the above S220 can also be replaced with:
当目标条件#2满足(即,目标条件的另一例)时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理;或,当目标条件#2不满足时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理。When the target condition #2 is satisfied (ie, another example of the target condition), the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1; or, when the target condition #2 is not satisfied, the terminal device skips the decoding of the downlink data #1 deal with.
上述目标条件#2可以为:承载DCI#1的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET不同,或,承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组不同,DCI#1用于调度下行数据#1,DCI#2用于调度下行数据#2。The above target condition #2 can be: the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, and DCI#1 is used For scheduling downlink data #1, DCI #2 is used for scheduling downlink data #2.
换句话说,上述目标条件#2满足时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理,可以进一步解释为:当承载DCI#1的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET不同时,或者,当承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组不相同时, 终端设备会对下行数据#1执行解码处理,即,终端设备对下行数据#1与下行数据2执行解码处理。In other words, when the above target condition #2 is satisfied, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or When the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1, that is, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1 and downlink data 2.
上述目标条件#2不满足时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理,可以进一步解释为:当承载DCI#1的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET相同时,或者,当承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组相同时,终端设备会跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理,即,终端设备不对下行数据#1执行解码处理。When the above target condition #2 is not met, the terminal device skips the decoding process for downlink data #1, which can be further interpreted as: when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or, When the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1, that is, the terminal device does not perform decoding processing on downlink data #1.
其中,终端设备可以根据CORESET的配置信息,确定承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组是否相同。例如,CORESET分组信息可以包含在每个CORESET的配置信息中,每个CORESET的配置信息中包括一个索引值,配置相同索引值的CORESET属于同一CORESET组,配置不同索引值的CORESET属于不同CORESET组。The terminal device can determine whether the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET group carrying DCI#2 according to the configuration information of CORESET. For example, CORESET grouping information may be included in the configuration information of each CORESET, and each CORESET configuration information includes an index value. CORESET configured with the same index value belong to the same CORESET group, and CORESET configured with different index values belong to different CORESET groups.
终端设备可以通过检测DCI所属的CORESET判断当前DCI为DCI#1或者为DCI#2。例如,当检测到的DCI所属的CORESET属于CORESET组1时,则该DCI为DCI#1,当检测到的DCI所属的CORESET属于CORESET组2时,则该DCI为DCI#2。The terminal device can determine that the current DCI is DCI#1 or DCI#2 by detecting the CORESET to which the DCI belongs. For example, when the CORESET to which the detected DCI belongs belongs to CORESET group 1, the DCI is DCI#1, and when the CORESET to which the detected DCI belongs belongs to CORESET group 2, the DCI is DCI#2.
需要说明的是,当承载DCI#1的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET相同时,或者,当承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组相同时,可以代表下行数据#1与下行数据#2来自同一个TRP;当承载DCI#1的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET不同时,或者,当承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组不同时,可以代表下行数据#1与下行数据#2来自不同TRP。It should be noted that when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or when the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, it can represent the downlink Data #1 and downlink data #2 come from the same TRP; when the control channel resource set CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or when the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is the same as the CORESET carrying DCI#2 When the CORESET group is different, it can represent that the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 are from different TRPs.
因此,当终端设备在同一载波上接收到至少两个下行数据时,通过使终端设备根据承载DCI#1的CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET是否满足目标条件,或者,根据承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组是否满足目标条件,确定是否跳过对第一下行数据的解码处理,相比于直接跳过对第一下行数据的解码处理,该方案能够在不增加终端设备的解码处理复杂度的前提下,提高网络设备调度下行数据的灵活性。Therefore, when the terminal device receives at least two downlink data on the same carrier, the terminal device can determine whether the CORESET bearing DCI#1 and the CORESET bearing DCI#2 meet the target conditions, or according to the CORESET bearing DCI#1 Whether the group and the CORESET group carrying DCI#2 meet the target conditions, determine whether to skip the decoding process of the first downlink data. Compared with skipping the decoding process of the first downlink data directly, this solution can not increase Under the premise of the complexity of the decoding processing of the terminal equipment, the flexibility of the network equipment in scheduling downlink data is improved.
当网络设备在同一载波上向终端设备发送至少两个下行数据时,为了获取有效HARQ-ACK反馈信息,则下行数据#1和下行数据#2可以由不同的CORESET或者CORESET组中的DCI调度,该方案能够在不增加终端设备的解码处理复杂度的前提下,提高网络设备调度下行数据的灵活性。When the network device sends at least two downlink data to the terminal device on the same carrier, in order to obtain valid HARQ-ACK feedback information, the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 can be scheduled by different CORESET or DCI in the CORESET group, This solution can improve the flexibility of network equipment scheduling downlink data without increasing the complexity of the decoding processing of the terminal equipment.
除此之外,终端设备还可以通过下列方式确定是否要对下行数据#1执行解码处理:In addition, the terminal device can also determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 in the following ways:
方式#1 Way #1
终端设备可以根据承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源是否属于同一时域资源集合,确定是否对下行数据#1执行解码处理。其中,下行数据#1的反馈信息可以是终端设备向网络设备发送的下行数据#1的NACK信息或ACK信息,上述下行数据#2的反馈信息可以是终端设备向网络设备发送的下行数据#2的NACK信息或ACK信息。The terminal device may determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 according to whether the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to the same time domain resource set. Wherein, the feedback information of downlink data #1 may be the NACK information or ACK information of downlink data #1 sent by the terminal device to the network device, and the feedback information of downlink data #2 may be the downlink data #2 sent by the terminal device to the network device. NACK information or ACK information.
例如,终端设备根据接收到的DCI确定反馈信息的时域资源的索引,可以根据承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的索引与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的索引,确定是否对下行数据#1执行解码处理。当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的 索引与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的索引相同时,代表承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源属于同一时域资源集合;当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的索引与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的索引不同时,代表承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源不属于同一时域资源集合。For example, the terminal device determines the index of the time domain resource of the feedback information according to the received DCI, and may use the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2. To determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1. When the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is the same as the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2, it represents that the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is the same as the time domain resource carrying the downlink data. The time domain resources of the feedback information of #2 belong to the same time domain resource set; when the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is different from the index of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2, it represents The time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 do not belong to the same time domain resource set.
当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源属于同一时域资源集合时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理;当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源不属于同一时域资源集合时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理。When the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to the same time domain resource set, the terminal device skips the decoding process of the downlink data #1; When the time domain resource of the feedback information of data #1 and the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #2 do not belong to the same time domain resource set, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1.
此外,终端设备还可以根据承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源是否属于同一个子时隙(sub-slot)或者同一个sub-slot集合,确定是否对下行数据#1执行解码处理。当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot内时,代表承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源属于同一个sub-slot,或者,当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot集合内时,代表承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源属于同一个sub-slot集合。In addition, the terminal device can also determine whether the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to the same sub-slot or the same sub-slot set. To determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1. When the start symbol of the time-domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time-domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, it represents the one that carries the downlink data #1 The time domain resource of the feedback information and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to the same sub-slot, or when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is the same as the time domain resource carrying the downlink data # When the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of 2 is located in the same sub-slot set, the time domain resource that represents the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to the same A sub-slot collection.
当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于不同sub-slot内时,代表承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源属于不同sub-slot,或者,当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于不同sub-slot集合内时,代表承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源属于不同sub-slot集合。When the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slots, it represents the feedback of carrying downlink data #1 The time domain resource of the information and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to different sub-slots, or when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is different from the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #2 When the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information is in different sub-slot sets, it means that the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 belong to different sub-slots. set.
当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot内时,或者,当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot集合内时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理;当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于不同sub-slot内时,或者,当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于不同sub-slot集合内时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理。When the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or when carrying downlink data# When the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of 1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of the downlink data #2 are in the same sub-slot set, the terminal device skips the decoding of the downlink data #1 Processing; when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slots, or when the downlink data is carried When the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slot sets, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1.
需要说明的是,当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot内时,或者,当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源位于同一个sub-slot集合内时,可以代表下行数据#1与下行数据#2来自同一个TRP;当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于不同sub-slot内时,或者,当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源位于不同sub-slot集合内时,可以代表下行数据#1与下行数据#2来自不同TRP。It should be noted that when the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or when carrying the downlink data When the time domain resource of the feedback information of #1 and the time domain resource of the feedback information of the downlink data #2 are in the same sub-slot set, it can represent that the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 are from the same TRP; When the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slots, or when the time domain of the feedback information of downlink data #1 is carried When the resource and the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the downlink data #2 are in different sub-slot sets, it may represent that the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 are from different TRPs.
还需要说明的是,上述当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot内时,或者,当承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源位于同一个sub-slot集合内时,代表下行数据#1与下行数据#2来自同一个TRP仅作为示例性说明,并不对本申请实施例构成限定。在具体实现时,sub-slot还可以替换为时隙或者时间单元,起始符号还可以替换为结束符号或者替换为起始符号与结束符号。It should also be noted that when the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or When the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #1 and the time domain resource of the feedback information of downlink data #2 are in the same sub-slot set, it means that downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 come from the same TRP only as The illustrative description does not limit the embodiments of the present application. In specific implementation, the sub-slot can also be replaced with a time slot or a time unit, and the start symbol can also be replaced with an end symbol or with a start symbol and an end symbol.
方式#2 Way #2
终端设备可以根据承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源是否属于同一时域资源集合,确定是否对下行数据#1执行解码处理。The terminal device may determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 according to whether the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to the same time domain resource set.
例如,终端设备可以根据承载下行数据#1的时域资源的索引与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的索引,确定是否对下行数据#1执行解码处理。当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的索引与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的索引相同时,代表承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源属于同一时域资源集合;当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的索引与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的索引不同时,代表承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源不属于同一时域资源集合。For example, the terminal device may determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 according to the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2. When the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 is the same as the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2, it means that the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to the same time. Domain resource collection; when the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 is different from the index of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2, it represents the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain carrying downlink data #2 The resources do not belong to the same time domain resource collection.
当承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源属于同一时域资源集合时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理;当承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源不属于同一时域资源集合时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理。When the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to the same time domain resource set, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1; when the time domain carrying downlink data #1 When the resource and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 do not belong to the same time domain resource set, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1.
此外,终端设备还可以根据承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源是否属于同一个子时隙(sub-slot)或者同一个sub-slot集合,确定是否对下行数据#1执行解码处理。当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot内时,代表承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源属于同一个sub-slot,或者,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot集合内时,代表承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源属于同一个sub-slot集合。In addition, the terminal device can also determine whether the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to the same sub-slot or the same sub-slot set, to determine whether the downlink data #1 Perform decoding processing. When the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, it represents the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the downlink data bearer The time domain resource of data #2 belongs to the same sub-slot, or when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are in the same sub-slot When in the set, it means that the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to the same sub-slot set.
当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于不同sub-slot内时,代表承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源属于不同sub-slot,或者,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于不同sub-slot集合内时,代表承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源属于不同sub-slot集合。When the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slots, it represents the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data The time domain resource of #2 belongs to different sub-slots, or when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are in different sub-slot sets , Representing that the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 belong to different sub-slot sets.
当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot内时,或者,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot集合内时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理;当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于不同sub-slot内时,或者,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的起始符号与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于不同sub-slot集合内时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理。When the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or when the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 When the start symbol and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are in the same sub-slot set, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1; when the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 is When the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slots, or when the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 is different from the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 When the start symbol of the domain resource is located in different sub-slot sets, the terminal device performs decoding processing on downlink data #1.
需要说明的是,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot内时,或者,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2 的时域资源位于同一个sub-slot集合内时,可以代表下行数据#1与下行数据#2来自同一个TRP;当承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于不同sub-slot内时,或者,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源位于不同sub-slot集合内时,可以代表下行数据#1与下行数据#2来自不同TRP。It should be noted that when the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or when the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 When the time domain resource that carries downlink data #2 is in the same sub-slot set, it can represent that downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 come from the same TRP; when the time domain resource that carries downlink data #1 and the downlink data are carried When the start symbol of the time domain resource #2 is located in different sub-slots, or when the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in different sub-slot sets, It means that downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 are from different TRPs.
还需要说明的是,上述当承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源的起始符号位于同一个sub-slot内时,或者,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源与承载下行数据#2的时域资源位于同一个sub-slot集合内时,代表下行数据#1与下行数据#2来自同一个TRP仅作为示例性说明,并不对本申请实施例构成限定。在具体实现时,sub-slot还可以替换为时隙或者时间单元,起始符号还可以替换为结束符号或者替换为起始符号与结束符号。It should also be noted that when the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot, or when carrying downlink data #1 When the domain resource and the time domain resource carrying the downlink data #2 are located in the same sub-slot set, it means that the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 are from the same TRP, which is only for illustrative purposes and does not limit the embodiment of the application. . In specific implementation, the sub-slot can also be replaced with a time slot or a time unit, and the start symbol can also be replaced with an end symbol or with a start symbol and an end symbol.
此外,终端设备可以根据DCI#1指示的DMRS#1与DCI#2指示的DMRS#2是否属于同一CDM组,确定是否对下行数据#1执行解码处理。例如,终端设备可以分别解析DCI#1于DCI#2,解析DCI#1可以获得DCI#1指示的DMRS#1所属CDM组的索引,解析DCI#2可以获得DCI#2指示的DMRS#2所属CDM组的索引,进而可以根据确定的CDM组的索引,确定DCI#1指示的DMRS#1与DCI#2指示的DMRS#2是否属于同一CDM组。In addition, the terminal device may determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 according to whether DMRS#1 indicated by DCI#1 and DMRS#2 indicated by DCI#2 belong to the same CDM group. For example, the terminal device can parse DCI#1 and DCI#2 separately, parse DCI#1 to obtain the index of the CDM group of DMRS#1 indicated by DCI#1, and parse DCI#2 to obtain the DMRS#2 indicated by DCI#2. The index of the CDM group may further determine whether DMRS#1 indicated by DCI#1 and DMRS#2 indicated by DCI#2 belong to the same CDM group according to the determined index of the CDM group.
当DCI#1指示的DMRS#1所属CDM组与DCI#2指示的DMRS#2所属CDM组属于同一CDM组时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理;当DCI#1指示的DMRS#1所属CDM组与DCI#2指示的DMRS#2所属CDM组属于不同CDM组时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理。When the CDM group to which DMRS#1 indicated by DCI#1 belongs and the CDM group to which DMRS#2 indicated by DCI#2 belongs belong to the same CDM group, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1; when the DMRS indicated by DCI#1 When the CDM group to which #1 belongs and the CDM group to which DMRS#2 indicated by DCI#2 belongs belong to different CDM groups, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1.
此外,终端设备还可以根据DCI#1指示的HARQ处理进程编号组和DCI#2指示的HARQ处理进程编号组是否属于同一HARQ处理进程编号组,确定是否对下行数据#1执行解码处理。In addition, the terminal device may also determine whether to perform decoding processing on downlink data #1 according to whether the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#1 and the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#2 belong to the same HARQ processing process number group.
例如,终端设备可以分别解析DCI#1于DCI#2,解析DCI#1可以获得DCI#1指示的HARQ处理进程编号组的索引,解析DCI#2可以获得DCI#2指示的HARQ处理进程编号组的索引,进而可以根据确定的HARQ处理进程编号组的索引,确定DCI#1指示的HARQ处理进程编号组与DCI#2指示的HARQ处理进程编号组是否属于同一HARQ处理进程编号组。For example, the terminal device can parse DCI#1 and DCI#2 separately, parse DCI#1 to obtain the index of the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#1, and parse DCI#2 to obtain the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#2 According to the index of the determined HARQ processing process number group, it can be determined whether the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#1 and the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#2 belong to the same HARQ processing process number group.
当DCI#1指示的HARQ处理进程编号组与DCI#2指示的HARQ处理进程编号组属于同一HARQ处理进程编号组时,终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理;当DCI#1指示的HARQ处理进程编号组与DCI#2指示的HARQ处理进程编号组属于不同HARQ处理进程编号组时,终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理。When the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#1 and the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#2 belong to the same HARQ processing process number group, the terminal device skips the decoding process of downlink data #1; when DCI#1 indicates When the HARQ processing process number group and the HARQ processing process number group indicated by DCI#2 belong to different HARQ processing process number groups, the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1.
当终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理时,方法200还可以包括:S230,终端设备向网络设备发送下行数据#1的ACK信息或NACK信息。相应地,网络设备接收来自终端设备的下行数据#1的ACK信息或NACK信息。When the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1, the method 200 may further include: S230: The terminal device sends the ACK information or NACK information of the downlink data #1 to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives ACK information or NACK information of downlink data #1 from the terminal device.
换句话说,当终端设备对下行数据#1执行解码处理时,终端设备对下行数据#1可能解码成功或者解码失败。当终端设备对下行数据#1解码成功时,终端设备可以向网络设备发送下行数据#1的ACK信息;或者,当终端设备对下行数据#1解码失败时,终端设备可以向网络设备发送下行数据#1的NACK信息。In other words, when the terminal device performs decoding processing on the downlink data #1, the terminal device may decode the downlink data #1 successfully or fail. When the terminal device decodes the downlink data #1 successfully, the terminal device can send the ACK information of the downlink data #1 to the network device; or, when the terminal device fails to decode the downlink data #1, the terminal device can send the downlink data to the network device #1’s NACK information.
当终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理时,S230还可以替换为:终端设备向网络 设备发送下行数据#1的NACK信息。相应地,网络设备接收来自终端设备的下行数据#1的NACK信息。When the terminal device skips the decoding process of the downlink data #1, S230 can also be replaced with: the terminal device sends the NACK information of the downlink data #1 to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the NACK information of downlink data #1 from the terminal device.
换句话说,当终端设备跳过对下行数据#1的解码处理时,通过向网络设备发送下行数据#1的非确认NACK信息,从而终端设备可以不对下行数据#1进行解码处理而直接将下行数据#1解码失败的信息告知网络设备。In other words, when the terminal device skips the decoding process of the downlink data #1, by sending the unacknowledged NACK information of the downlink data #1 to the network device, the terminal device can directly transmit the downlink data #1 without decoding the downlink data #1. The information of data #1 decoding failure is notified to the network equipment.
对于下行数据#1,将承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的最小时间间隔定义为时间间隔#1(即,第一时间间隔的一例),对于下行数据#2,将承载下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的最小时间间隔定义为时间间隔#2(即,第二时间间隔的一例),则时间间隔#1可以大于时间间隔#2。For downlink data #1, the minimum time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is defined as time interval #1 (ie , An example of the first time interval), for downlink data #2, the minimum time between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying feedback information of downlink data #2 The interval is defined as time interval #2 (ie, an example of the second time interval), then the time interval #1 may be greater than the time interval #2.
时间间隔#1和时间间隔#2可以是预先定义的,终端设备不需要向网络设备上报时间间隔#1,网络设备会默认终端设备支持采用时间间隔#1执行数据处理操作,从而将时间间隔#1作为最小时间间隔来调度下行数据#1;对于时间间隔#2,则需要终端设备向网络设备上报其支持采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作,之后,网络设备会将时间间隔#2作为最小时间间隔来调度下行数据#2。 Time interval #1 and time interval #2 can be pre-defined. The terminal device does not need to report time interval #1 to the network device. The network device will default to the terminal device supporting time interval #1 to perform data processing operations, thus changing the time interval # 1 As the minimum time interval to schedule downlink data #1; for time interval #2, the terminal device needs to report to the network device that it supports the use of time interval #2 to perform data processing operations, and then the network device will take the time interval #2 as the minimum Time interval to schedule downlink data #2.
上述时间间隔#1可以根据承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的最小符号数N 1确定,N 1的取值例如可以如表3所示。 Said time interval # 1 can carry downlink data end symbol time domain resource # 1 to # bearer downlink data minimum number of symbols between symbols in the time domain resource initial feedback information to determine 1 N 1, N 1 taken The value can be as shown in Table 3, for example.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000013
上述时间间隔#2可以根据承载下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的最小符号数N1确定,N1的取值例如可以如表4所示。The aforementioned time interval #2 can be determined according to the minimum number of symbols N1 between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2. The value of N1 is for example It can be as shown in Table 4.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000014
方法200中的终端设备可以具备处理能力#1(即,第一处理能力的一例),终端设备具备处理能力#1,意味着终端设备具备在同一载波内同时处理两个下行数据或多个下行数据的能力。The terminal device in method 200 may have processing capability #1 (that is, an example of the first processing capability), and the terminal device has processing capability #1, which means that the terminal device is capable of processing two downlink data or multiple downlink data simultaneously in the same carrier. Data capabilities.
当终端设备具备处理能力#1且支持采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作时,网络设备可以在同一载波内向终端设备同时发送下行数据#1与下行数据#2,且网络设备调度下行数据#1与下行数据#2的最小调度时延均为时间间隔#2。此时,终端设备可以将时间间隔#2作为最小时间间隔,分别对下行数据#1与下行数据#2执行数据处理操作。When the terminal device has processing capability #1 and supports the use of time interval #2 to perform data processing operations, the network device can simultaneously send downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device within the same carrier, and the network device schedules downlink data #1 The minimum scheduling delay with downlink data #2 is both time interval #2. At this time, the terminal device can use the time interval #2 as the minimum time interval to perform data processing operations on the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 respectively.
当终端设备具备处理能力#1且不支持采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作时,网络设备可以在同一载波内向终端设备同时发送下行数据#1与下行数据#2,且网络设备调度下行数据#1与下行数据#2的最小调度时延均为时间间隔#1。此时,终端设备可以将时间间隔#1作为最小时间间隔,分别对下行数据#1与下行数据#2执行数据处理操作。When the terminal device has processing capability #1 and does not support the use of time interval #2 to perform data processing operations, the network device can simultaneously send downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device within the same carrier, and the network device schedules downlink data# The minimum scheduling delays of 1 and downlink data #2 are both time interval #1. At this time, the terminal device can use the time interval #1 as the minimum time interval to perform data processing operations on the downlink data #1 and the downlink data #2 respectively.
终端设备可以将自身具备的处理能力#1上报至网络设备,以使网络设备可以根据终端设备具备的处理能力,配置S210中的目标载波。此时,方法200还可以包括:The terminal device may report its own processing capability #1 to the network device, so that the network device can configure the target carrier in S210 according to the processing capability of the terminal device. At this time, the method 200 may further include:
终端设备向网络设备发送处理能力信息,处理能力信息指示终端设备具备处理能力#1。相应地,网络设备接收来自终端设备的处理能力信息。The terminal device sends processing capability information to the network device, and the processing capability information indicates that the terminal device has processing capability #1. Correspondingly, the network device receives the processing capability information from the terminal device.
网络设备根据处理能力信息,配置目标载波。The network device configures the target carrier according to the processing capability information.
在一种实现方式中,处理能力信息中可以包括载波数量#1(即,第一载波数量的一例),载波数量#1用于表征终端设备支持网络设备为终端设备配置目标载波。其中,载波数量#1大于或等于2。In an implementation manner, the processing capability information may include the number of carriers #1 (ie, an example of the first number of carriers), and the number of carriers #1 is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the network device to configure the target carrier for the terminal device. Wherein, the number of carriers #1 is greater than or equal to 2.
具体地,网络设备可以根据载波数量#1,确定是否为终端设备配置目标载波以及配置目标载波的数量。Specifically, the network device may determine whether to configure the target carrier and the number of target carriers for the terminal device according to the number of carriers #1.
当网络设备配置的载波数量等于载波数量#1时,例如,载波数量#1为4,网络设备配置的载波数量也为4,代表网络设备没有将任何一个载波配置为目标载波,并且代表在网络设备配置的载波上终端设备均不支持处理能力#1。When the number of carriers configured by the network device is equal to the number of carriers #1, for example, the number of carriers #1 is 4, and the number of carriers configured by the network device is also 4, which means that the network device has not configured any carrier as the target carrier, and it represents None of the terminal devices on the carrier configured by the device supports processing capability #1.
当网络设备配置的载波数量小于或等于载波数量#1的一半时,例如,载波数量#1为6,网络设备配置的载波数量为3,代表网络设备配置的小于或等于载波数量#1的一半的载波均为目标载波,且代表在网络设备配置的小于或等于载波数量#1的一半的载波上终端设备均支持处理能力#1。When the number of carriers configured by the network equipment is less than or equal to half of the number of carriers #1, for example, the number of carriers #1 is 6, and the number of carriers configured by the network equipment is 3, which means that the number of carriers configured by the network equipment is less than or equal to half of the number of carriers #1 The carriers are all target carriers, and it means that the terminal equipment on the carriers configured by the network equipment less than or equal to half of the carrier number #1 all support the processing capability #1.
当网络设备配置的载波数量大于载波数量#1的一半且小于载波数量#1时,例如,载波数量#1为6,网络设备配置的载波数量为5,代表网络设备配置的载波中有一部分是目标载波,另一部分则不是目标载波,此时,网络设备可以将小于或等于载波数量#1的一半的载波配置为目标载波,代表在目标载波上终端设备支持处理能力#1,在另一部分非目标载波上终端设备不支持处理能力#1。在另一种实现方式中,处理能力信息中可以包括载波数量#2(即,第二载波数量的一例),载波数量#2用于表征终端设备支持于目标载波的数量。网络设备在配置目标载波时,可以将满足载波数量#2的载波配置为目标载波。When the number of carriers configured by the network device is greater than half of the number of carriers #1 and less than the number of carriers #1, for example, the number of carriers #1 is 6, and the number of carriers configured by the network device is 5, which means that part of the carriers configured by the network device is The target carrier, the other part is not the target carrier. At this time, the network equipment can configure the carrier less than or equal to half of the carrier number #1 as the target carrier, which means that the terminal equipment supports processing capability #1 on the target carrier, and the other part is not The terminal device on the target carrier does not support processing capability #1. In another implementation manner, the processing capability information may include the number of carriers #2 (ie, an example of the second number of carriers), and the number of carriers #2 is used to represent the number of target carriers supported by the terminal device. When the network equipment configures the target carrier, it can configure the carrier that meets the number of carriers #2 as the target carrier.
例如,处理能力信息中包括的载波数量#2为4,则代表终端设备支持网络设备将4个载波配置为目标载波,即支持网络设备在4个载波中的每个载波上同时调度至少两个下行数据。网络设备可以将这4个载波中的一个或者多个配置为目标载波。For example, if the number of carriers #2 included in the processing capability information is 4, it means that the terminal device supports the network device to configure 4 carriers as the target carrier, that is, it supports the network device to schedule at least two carriers on each of the 4 carriers at the same time. Downlink data. The network device may configure one or more of these 4 carriers as the target carrier.
以上对当载波数量#1大于或等于2时,网络设备配置目标载波的方法进行了说明。除此之外,当终端设备上报载波数量#1的数量为1,表明终端设备不支持配置目标载波。也就是说,网络设备配置的载波不能支持同时发送多个PDSCH,或者说,网络设备配置的载波上终端设备均不支持处理能力#1。The above describes the method for the network device to configure the target carrier when the number of carriers #1 is greater than or equal to 2. In addition, when the terminal device reports that the number of carrier number #1 is 1, it indicates that the terminal device does not support configuring the target carrier. In other words, the carrier configured by the network device cannot support simultaneous transmission of multiple PDSCHs, or in other words, none of the terminal devices on the carrier configured by the network device supports processing capability #1.
在另一种实现方式中,处理能力信息中可以包括载波数量#1与载波数量#2。网络设备在配置目标载波时,可以根据载波数量#1与载波数量#2的大小关系配置目标载波。In another implementation manner, the processing capability information may include the number of carriers #1 and the number of carriers #2. When configuring the target carrier, the network device may configure the target carrier according to the relationship between the number of carriers #1 and the number of carriers #2.
例如,处理能力信息中包括的载波数量#1为7,载波数量#2为7,则代表终端设备不支持网络设备将承载有待发送至终端设备的下行数据的载波配置为目标载波。For example, if the number of carriers #1 included in the processing capability information is 7, and the number of carriers #2 is 7, it means that the terminal device does not support the network device to configure the carrier carrying the downlink data to be sent to the terminal device as the target carrier.
例如,处理能力信息中包括的载波数量#1为6,载波数量#2为3,则代表终端设备支持网络设备将承载有待发送至终端设备的下行数据的载波均配置为目标载波。For example, if the number of carriers #1 included in the processing capability information is 6, and the number of carriers #2 is 3, it means that the terminal device supports the network device to configure all the carriers carrying the downlink data to be sent to the terminal device as the target carrier.
例如,处理能力信息中包括的载波数量#1为8,载波数量#2为5,则代表终端设备支持网络设备将承载有待发送至终端设备的下行数据的部分载波配置为目标载波。For example, if the number of carriers #1 included in the processing capability information is 8, and the number of carriers #2 is 5, it means that the terminal device supports the network device to configure part of the carriers carrying the downlink data to be sent to the terminal device as the target carrier.
示例性地,网络设备在配置目标载波时,可以向终端设备指示被配置为目标载波的索引。例如,网络设备向终端设备指示了载波#1、载波#3、载波#7,则代表网络设备将载波#1、载波#3、载波#7配置为了目标载波,即在发送下行数据时,载波#1、载波#3、载波#7上会同时承载至少两个下行数据。Exemplarily, when configuring the target carrier, the network device may indicate to the terminal device the index configured as the target carrier. For example, if the network equipment indicates carrier #1, carrier #3, and carrier #7 to the terminal equipment, it means that the network equipment configures carrier #1, carrier #3, and carrier #7 as the target carrier, that is, when sending downlink data, the carrier #1, carrier #3, and carrier #7 simultaneously carry at least two downlink data.
本申请实施例还提供了另一种处理数据的方法,下面对该方法进行介绍。The embodiment of the present application also provides another method for processing data, which is introduced below.
对于支持采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作的终端设备而言,当一个载波内承载了至少两个下行数据时,例如,一个载波内承载了下行数据#1与下行数据#2,其中,下行数据#1在前,下行数据#2在后,对于占用的RB数大于预设值的下行数据(下行数据#1和/或下行数据#2),终端设备通常会将时间间隔#1作为最小时间间隔来对该下行数据执行数据处理操作。For a terminal device that supports data processing operations using time interval #2, when at least two downlink data are carried in one carrier, for example, downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 are carried in one carrier, where the downlink Data #1 comes before, and downlink data #2 comes after. For the downlink data (downlink data #1 and/or downlink data #2) occupied by the number of RBs greater than the preset value, the terminal device usually takes the time interval #1 as the minimum Time interval to perform data processing operations on the downlink data.
为了使得终端设备可以同时处理多个PDSCH,并且使得支持终端设备能够采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作,当一个载波内承载了待发送至该终端设备的下行数据#1与下行数据#2时,可以重新定义承载下行数据的RB数所对应的预设值(例如,第一预设值),其中,第一预设值小于方法200中的预设值,以使终端设备能够采用时间间隔#2对下行数据执行数据处理。In order to enable the terminal equipment to process multiple PDSCHs at the same time, and to enable the supporting terminal equipment to use time interval #2 to perform data processing operations, when a carrier carries the downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to be sent to the terminal equipment , You can redefine the preset value (for example, the first preset value) corresponding to the number of RBs carrying downlink data, where the first preset value is less than the preset value in method 200, so that the terminal device can use the time interval #2 Perform data processing on the downstream data.
可选地,方法200中的预设值为136RB,或者,为系统带宽的一半。Optionally, the preset value in the method 200 is 136 RB, or half of the system bandwidth.
这里,终端设备可以同时处理多个下行数据的一种理解方式为:可以支持网络设备同 时调度多个下行数据且多个下行数据对应的反馈时延不增加,比如多个下行数据的最小时间间隔按照表3或表4中的最小符号数确定。Here, one way to understand that the terminal device can process multiple downlink data at the same time is: it can support the network device to schedule multiple downlink data at the same time and the feedback delay corresponding to the multiple downlink data does not increase, such as the minimum time interval for multiple downlink data Determine according to the minimum number of symbols in Table 3 or Table 4.
例如,网络设备向终端设备发送了下行数据#1与下行数据#2,其中终端设备支持采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作。For example, the network device sends downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 to the terminal device, where the terminal device supports the use of time interval #2 to perform data processing operations.
当下行数据#1占用的RB数大于第一预设值,且下行数据#2占用的RB数大于第一预设值时,网络设备调度下行数据#1与下行数据#2的最小调度时延均为时间间隔#1。也就是说,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于时间间隔#1,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息,或,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于时间间隔#1,则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息;当承载下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于时间间隔#1,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息,或,当承载下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于时间间隔#1,则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息。When the number of RBs occupied by downlink data #1 is greater than the first preset value, and the number of RBs occupied by downlink data #2 is greater than the first preset value, the network device schedules the minimum scheduling delay for downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 All are time interval #1. That is, when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is not less than the time interval #1, the terminal device will Feedback the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is less than time interval #1, Then the terminal device will feed back the corresponding NACK information; when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is not less than time interval #1 , The terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is less than Time interval #1, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information.
当下行数据#1占用的RB数小于第一预设值,且下行数据#2占用的RB数大于第一预设值时,网络设备调度下行数据#1的最小调度时延为时间间隔#2,网络设备调度下行数据#2的最小调度时延为时间间隔#1。也就是说,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于时间间隔#2,则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息,或,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于时间间隔#2,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息;当承载下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于时间间隔#1,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息,或,当承载下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于时间间隔#1,则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息。When the number of RBs occupied by downlink data #1 is less than the first preset value, and the number of RBs occupied by downlink data #2 is greater than the first preset value, the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule downlink data #1 is time interval #2 , The minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule downlink data #2 is time interval #1. In other words, when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying feedback information of downlink data #1 is less than time interval #2, the terminal device will feedback Corresponding NACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying feedback information of downlink data #1 is not less than time interval #2, the terminal The device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information; when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is not less than time interval #1 , The terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is less than Time interval #1, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information.
当下行数据#1占用的RB数大于第一预设值,且下行数据#2占用的RB数小于第一预设值时,网络设备调度下行数据#1的最小调度时延为时间间隔#1,网络设备调度下行数据#2的最小调度时延为时间间隔#2。也就是说,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于时间间隔#1,则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息,或,当承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#1的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于时间间隔#1,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息;当承载下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔不小于时间间隔#2,则终端设备会反馈相应HARQ-ACK信息,或,当承载下行数据#2的时域资源的结束符号至承载下行数据#2的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔小于时间间隔#2,则终端设备会反馈相应NACK信息。When the number of RBs occupied by downlink data #1 is greater than the first preset value, and the number of RBs occupied by downlink data #2 is less than the first preset value, the minimum scheduling delay for the network device to schedule downlink data #1 is time interval #1 , The minimum scheduling delay for the network equipment to schedule downlink data #2 is time interval #2. That is, when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #1 is less than the time interval #1, the terminal device will feedback Corresponding NACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying feedback information of downlink data #1 is not less than time interval #1, the terminal The device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information; when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is not less than time interval #2 , The terminal device will feed back the corresponding HARQ-ACK information, or when the time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2 and the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of downlink data #2 is less than Time interval #2, the terminal device will feed back corresponding NACK information.
此外,方法200同样适用于重新定义承载下行数据的RB数所对应的预设值(例如,第一预设值)的场景中,此时,S210需要被替换为:网络设备在目标载波上发送下行数据#1与下行数据#2,其中,承载下行数据#1的时域资源的结束符号位于承载下行数据#2 的时域资源的起始符号之前,且承载下行数据#1的RB数大于第一预设值,其中,承载DCI#1的CORESET与承载DCI#2的CORESET不同,或,承载DCI#1的CORESET组与承载DCI#2的CORESET组不同,DCI#1用于调度下行数据#1,DCI#2用于调度下行数据#2。相应地,终端设备接收来自网络设备的下行数据#1与下行数据#2。In addition, the method 200 is also applicable to the scenario of redefining the preset value (for example, the first preset value) corresponding to the number of RBs carrying downlink data. In this case, S210 needs to be replaced with: the network device transmits on the target carrier Downlink data #1 and downlink data #2, where the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #1 is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying downlink data #2, and the number of RBs carrying downlink data #1 is greater than The first preset value, where the CORESET carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET carrying DCI#2, or the CORESET group carrying DCI#1 is different from the CORESET group carrying DCI#2, and DCI#1 is used for scheduling downlink data #1, DCI#2 is used to schedule downlink data #2. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 from the network device.
本申请实施例还针对IB下的联合反馈(joint HARQ)场景,定义了进行joint HARQ的条件,下面对该条件进行说明。The embodiments of the present application also define conditions for joint HARQ for a joint HARQ scenario under IB, and the conditions are described below.
当下行数据#1与下行数据#2承载在同一个时间单元(例如,同一个slot)内时,此时允许进行joint HARQ反馈的条件是:网络设备将时间间隔#1作为最小时间间隔调度下行数据#1,同时终端设备将时间间隔#1作为最小时间间隔来执行下行数据#1的数据处理操作,且网络设备将时间间隔#2作为最小时间间隔调度下行数据#2,同时终端设备将时间间隔#2作为最小时间间隔来执行下行数据#2的数据处理操作。When downlink data #1 and downlink data #2 are carried in the same time unit (for example, the same slot), the condition for allowing joint HARQ feedback at this time is: the network device uses time interval #1 as the minimum time interval to schedule downlink Data #1. At the same time, the terminal device uses the time interval #1 as the minimum time interval to perform the data processing operation of the downlink data #1, and the network device uses the time interval #2 as the minimum time interval to schedule the downlink data #2, and the terminal device sets the time Interval #2 is the minimum time interval to perform the data processing operation of downlink data #2.
当网络设备将时间间隔#1作为最小时间间隔调度其中一个下行数据(例如,下行数据#2),同时终端设备将时间间隔#1作为最小时间间隔来执行该下行数据的数据处理操作时,此时允许进行joint HARQ反馈的条件是:承载另一个下行数据(例如,下行数据#1)的RB数小于预设值。When the network device uses time interval #1 as the minimum time interval to schedule one of the downlink data (for example, downlink data #2), and the terminal device uses time interval #1 as the minimum time interval to perform the data processing operation of the downlink data, this The condition for allowing joint HARQ feedback is that the number of RBs carrying another downlink data (for example, downlink data #1) is less than a preset value.
需要说明的是,本申请中的下行数据可以替换为PDSCH。It should be noted that the downlink data in this application can be replaced with PDSCH.
图5是本申请实施例提供的处理数据的方法300的示意性交互图。下面,对方法300的每个步骤进行详细说明。FIG. 5 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 300 for processing data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Hereinafter, each step of the method 300 will be described in detail.
在本申请实施例中,以终端设备和网络设备作为执行方法300的执行主体为例,对方法300进行说明。作为示例而非限定,执行方法300的执行主体也可以是对应终端设备的芯片和对应网络设备的芯片。In the embodiment of the present application, the method 300 is described by taking the terminal device and the network device as the execution subject of the method 300 as an example. As an example and not a limitation, the execution subject of the method 300 may also be a chip corresponding to a terminal device and a chip corresponding to a network device.
在S310中,终端设备发送第一能力指示信息,第一能力指示信息用于指示终端设备支持的第一载波数量。相应地,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一能力指示信息。In S310, the terminal device sends first capability indication information, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate the number of first carriers supported by the terminal device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the first capability indication information from the terminal device.
在S320中,网络设备根据第一载波数量,确定第二载波的数量,其中,第二载波的数量小于或等于所述第一载波数量,且第二载波的数量为A+Bⅹr,第二载波上的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的时域结束符号到承载PDSCH的反馈信息的时域起始符号之间的最小时间间隔小于预设的时间间隔阈值,A为仅配置一个控制资源集合组信息或者未配置控制资源组信息的载波数量,B为配置多个控制资源集合组信息的载波数量,r为大于等于1的正数。In S320, the network device determines the number of second carriers according to the number of first carriers, where the number of second carriers is less than or equal to the number of first carriers, and the number of second carriers is A+Bⅹr, and the second carrier The minimum time interval between the end symbol of the time domain of the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and the start symbol of the time domain carrying the feedback information of the PDSCH is less than the preset time interval threshold. A means that only one control resource set group information is configured or not The number of carriers configured with control resource group information, B is the number of carriers configured with multiple control resource group information, and r is a positive number greater than or equal to 1.
其中,上述预设的时间间隔阈值对应表4所示的最小时间间隔的取值,也就是支持采用能力2执行数据处理操作。Among them, the aforementioned preset time interval threshold corresponds to the value of the minimum time interval shown in Table 4, that is, it supports the use of capability 2 to perform data processing operations.
可选的,所述A个载波内的激活BWP仅配置了一个控制资源集合组信息或者未配置控制资源集合组信息。Optionally, the activated BWP in the A carriers is configured with only one control resource set group information or no control resource set group information is configured.
可选的,若A个载波内调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK反馈在一个slot内,则该HARQ-ACK反馈均承载于同一个PUCCH资源上。Optionally, if the HARQ-ACK feedback corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled in the A carriers is in one slot, the HARQ-ACK feedback is all carried on the same PUCCH resource.
可选的,所述B个载波内的激活BWP配置了两个或者多个控制资源集合组信息。Optionally, the activated BWPs in the B carriers are configured with two or more control resource set group information.
可选的,若B个载波内由不同控制资源集合组内的DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK反馈在一个slot内,则该HARQ-ACK反馈承载于不同的PUCCH资源上。Optionally, if the HARQ-ACK feedback corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the DCIs in different control resource set groups in the B carriers is in one slot, the HARQ-ACK feedback is carried on different PUCCH resources.
可选的,r可以由高层信令配置。Optionally, r can be configured by higher layer signaling.
可选的,r可以由终端设备上报。Optionally, r can be reported by the terminal device.
可选的,第二载波的数量为
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000015
其中,K为高层信令配置的或者激活的载波数量,j为载波编号,r j为大于等于1的正数且与第j个载波内配置的控制资源集合组数量有关。比如,第j=1个载波内配置了一个控制资源集合组,则r 1=1,第j=2个载波内配置了两个控制资源集合组,则r 2=2。
Optionally, the number of second carriers is
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000015
Among them, K is the number of carriers configured or activated by high-level signaling, j is the carrier number, and r j is a positive number greater than or equal to 1 and is related to the number of control resource set groups configured in the j-th carrier. For example, if one control resource set group is configured in the j=1 carrier, then r 1 =1, and two control resource set groups are configured in the j=2 carrier, then r 2 =2.
终端设备上报的第一载波数量表征了其支持的采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作的最大载波数量为X时,X为大于1的整数。具体的,最大载波数量的确定方式为:实际配置的载波数量A+rⅹ实际配置的载波数量B,当实际配置的载波数量A+rⅹ实际配置的载波数量B不大于X,则所有载波上的数据调度均支持采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作。其中,载波数量1是未配置CORESET分组信息的载波的数量,或者是仅配置了一个CORESET分组信息的载波的数量,载波数量2是配置两个或者多个CORESET分组信息的载波的数量。r的取值可以是预先定义的,比如定义r=2,或者由基站配置的,比如定义每个载波上各自的r取值,或者r的取值可以取决于终端设备上报,比如终端设备可以上报r的取值为1,或者1.5,或者2,或者[1,2]中的多个取值中的一个。例如,假设r为2,终端设备上报的X=3,当基站配置了两个载波,载波1上配置了两个CORESET组,载波2上配置了一个CORESET组,则载波1和2上调度的PDSCH均支持采用时间间隔#2。再例如,假设r为2,终端设备上报的X=3,当基站配置了两个载波,载波1和载波2上均配置了两个CORESET组,则载波1和2上调度的PDSCH不支持采用时间间隔#2。The number of first carriers reported by the terminal device represents that when the maximum number of carriers that it supports to perform data processing operations using time interval #2 is X, X is an integer greater than 1. Specifically, the method for determining the maximum number of carriers is: the actual number of configured carriers A+rⅹthe actual configured number of carriers B, when the actual configured number of carriers A+rⅹthe actual configured number of carriers B is not greater than X, then the number of carriers on all carriers Data scheduling supports time interval #2 to perform data processing operations. Wherein, the number of carriers 1 is the number of carriers without CORESET grouping information, or the number of carriers with only one CORESET grouping information configured, and the number of carriers 2 is the number of carriers configured with two or more CORESET grouping information. The value of r can be pre-defined, such as r=2, or configured by the base station, such as defining the respective value of r on each carrier, or the value of r can be reported by the terminal device, for example, the terminal device can The reported value of r is 1, or 1.5, or 2, or one of the multiple values in [1,2]. For example, suppose r is 2 and X=3 reported by the terminal equipment. When the base station is configured with two carriers, two CORESET groups are configured on carrier 1, and one CORESET group is configured on carrier 2, then the scheduling on carriers 1 and 2 PDSCH supports the use of time interval #2. For another example, suppose r is 2 and X=3 reported by the terminal device. When the base station is configured with two carriers, and two CORESET groups are configured on both carrier 1 and carrier 2, the PDSCH scheduled on carriers 1 and 2 does not support the use of Time interval #2.
可选地,当终端设备上报其支持采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作的载波数量为1,则当实际配置的载波中存在至少一个载波配置了两个CORESET组,或者说,配置了两个CORESET分组信息,例如,CORESET 1属于CORESET组1,CORESET 2属于CORESET组2,若载波编号最低的载波中配置了一个CORESET组或者未配置CORESET组,则终端设备支持在该编号最低的载波中支持采用时间间隔#2,若载波编号最低的载波中存在多个CORESET组,则终端设备仅支持在载波编号最低的载波中CORESET组编号最小的CORESET所调度的PDSCH采用时间间隔#2。例如,基站配置了两个载波,载波1上配置了CORESET组1和CORESET组2,载波2上配置了CORESET组1,则载波1上的CORESET组1中下发的DCI所调度的PDSCH支持采用时间间隔#2。Optionally, when the terminal device reports that the number of carriers that it supports to perform data processing operations using time interval #2 is 1, then when at least one carrier is configured with two CORESET groups in the actually configured carriers, or in other words, two CORESET groups are configured. CORESET grouping information, for example, CORESET 1 belongs to CORESET group 1, CORESET 2 belongs to CORESET group 2. If a CORESET group is configured in the carrier with the lowest carrier number or no CORESET group is configured, the terminal device supports support in the carrier with the lowest number Using time interval #2, if there are multiple CORESET groups in the carrier with the lowest carrier number, the terminal device only supports the PDSCH scheduled by the CORESET with the smallest CORESET group number in the carrier with the lowest carrier number, using time interval #2. For example, if the base station is configured with two carriers, CORESET group 1 and CORESET group 2 are configured on carrier 1, and CORESET group 1 is configured on carrier 2, the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI issued in CORESET group 1 on carrier 1 supports the use of Time interval #2.
可选地,当终端设备上报其仅支持一个采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作的载波,则当实际配置的载波中存在至少一个载波配置了两个CORESET组,则终端设备仅支持在包括最小CORESET组编号的编号最小的载波中的组编号最小的CORESET所调度的PDSCH采用时间间隔#2。例如,基站配置了两个载波,载波1上配置了CORESET组2,载波2上配置了CORESET组1和CORESET组2,则载波2上的CORESET组1中下发的DCI所调度的PDSCH支持采用时间间隔#2。Optionally, when the terminal device reports that it only supports one carrier that uses time interval #2 to perform data processing operations, when at least one carrier is configured with two CORESET groups in the actually configured carriers, the terminal device only supports The PDSCH scheduled by the CORESET with the smallest group number in the carrier with the smallest number of the CORESET group number adopts time interval #2. For example, if the base station is configured with two carriers, CORESET group 2 is configured on carrier 1, and CORESET group 1 and CORESET group 2 are configured on carrier 2, the PDSCH scheduled by DCI issued in CORESET group 1 on carrier 2 supports the use of Time interval #2.
可选地,当终端设备上报其仅支持一个采用时间间隔#2执行数据处理操作的载波,则当实际配置的载波中存在至少一个载波配置了两个CORESET组,则终端设备仅支持在包括两个CORESET组且载波编号最低的载波中支持采用时间间隔#2。例如,基站配置了两个载波,载波1上配置了CORESET组1,载波2上配置了CORESET组1和CORESET组2,则载波2上的CORESET组1和CORESET组2中下发的DCI所调度的PDSCH支 持采用时间间隔#2。Optionally, when the terminal device reports that it only supports one carrier that uses time interval #2 to perform data processing operations, when at least one carrier is configured with two CORESET groups in the actually configured carriers, the terminal device only supports The carrier with the lowest carrier number in a CORESET group supports time interval #2. For example, if the base station is configured with two carriers, CORESET group 1 is configured on carrier 1, and CORESET group 1 and CORESET group 2 are configured on carrier 2, then the DCI issued in CORESET group 1 and CORESET group 2 on carrier 2 is scheduled The PDSCH supports time interval #2.
可选地,终端设备可以上报其支持调度受限的数据处理能力,该调度受限的数据处理能力是指,终端设备在条件1满足的情况下,可以支持采用时间间隔#2执行子载波间隔为30kHz的PDSCH处理操作,其中,条件1为:在一个频带(band)内仅配置一个载波,且该载波的子载波间隔为30kHz,且PDSCH占用的RB数不超过136,且该载波内未配置CORESET组信息,或者该载波内的CORESET属于同一组。Optionally, the terminal device can report its scheduling-restricted data processing capability. The scheduling-restricted data processing capability means that the terminal device can support using time interval #2 to perform subcarrier interval when condition 1 is met. It is a 30kHz PDSCH processing operation, where condition 1 is: only one carrier is configured in a band, and the subcarrier spacing of this carrier is 30kHz, and the number of RBs occupied by the PDSCH does not exceed 136, and there is no Configure the CORESET group information, or the CORESET in the carrier belongs to the same group.
可选地,终端设备可以上报其支持调度受限的数据处理能力,该调度受限的数据处理能力是指,终端设备在条件1满足的情况下,可以支持采用时间间隔#2执行子载波间隔为30kHz的PDSCH处理操作,其中,条件1为:在一个频带(band)内仅配置一个载波,且该载波的子载波间隔为30kHz,且PDSCH占用的RB数不超过L,且该载波内至少配置了两个CORESET组,其中,L的取值为小于136的正整数。Optionally, the terminal device can report its scheduling-restricted data processing capability. The scheduling-restricted data processing capability means that the terminal device can support using time interval #2 to perform subcarrier interval when condition 1 is met. It is a 30kHz PDSCH processing operation, where condition 1 is: only one carrier is configured in a band, and the subcarrier spacing of the carrier is 30kHz, and the number of RBs occupied by the PDSCH does not exceed L, and at least Two CORESET groups are configured, where the value of L is a positive integer less than 136.
本申请实施例还提供了另一种接收数据的方法,下面对该方法进行说明。The embodiment of the present application also provides another method for receiving data, which is described below.
PDCCH候选表征了执行PDCCH检测的处理单元,PDCCH候选可以配置在小区公共搜索空间和用户特定搜索空间中,每个PDCCH候选均关联一个控制资源集合,每个PDCCH候选对应一个特定的聚合级别,其中,不同聚合级别对应了不同的CCE的数量,或者,不同聚合级别对应了不同的频域资源数量。一个slot内一个子载波间隔为μ的载波内最大的检测PDCCH候选的数量为
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000016
其中,μ∈{0,1,2,3},具体的PDCCH数量取值如下表所示:
PDCCH candidates represent the processing unit that performs PDCCH detection. PDCCH candidates can be configured in the cell public search space and user-specific search space. Each PDCCH candidate is associated with a control resource set, and each PDCCH candidate corresponds to a specific aggregation level. , Different aggregation levels correspond to different numbers of CCEs, or different aggregation levels correspond to different numbers of frequency domain resources. The maximum number of detected PDCCH candidates in a carrier with a subcarrier spacing of μ in a slot is
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000016
Among them, μ∈{0,1,2,3}, the specific value of PDCCH quantity is shown in the following table:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000017
终端设备上报其支持的第一载波数量
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000018
用于确定终端设备能支持的PDCCH候选处理单元的数量。具体为:当基站配置的载波数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000020
每个载波上均可以支持最大
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000021
个PDCCH候选;当基站配置的载波数量多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000023
所有子载波间隔为μ的载波中的PDCCH候选数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000024
且每个子载波间隔为μ的载波中的PDCCH候选数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000025
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000026
为一个slot内配置的子载波间隔为μ的载波数。
The terminal device reports the number of the first carrier it supports
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000018
Used to determine the number of PDCCH candidate processing units that the terminal device can support. Specifically: When the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000019
which is
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000020
Each carrier can support the largest
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000021
PDCCH candidates; when the number of carriers configured by the base station is more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000022
which is
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000023
The number of PDCCH candidates in all carriers with a sub-carrier spacing of μ is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000024
And the number of PDCCH candidates in a carrier with a sub-carrier spacing of μ is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000025
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000026
It is the number of carriers whose subcarrier spacing is μ configured in a slot.
同时,对于一个载波而言,当基站配置的PDCCH候选数量超过上述定义的UE所能支持的最大PDCCH候选数量,则终端设备会采用如下机制确定检测的PDCCH候选丢弃部分PDCCH候选以使得实际检测的PDCCH候选数量不超过终端设备的检测能力:第一步,将上述确定的每个载波内PDCCH候选数量最大值去掉该载波内小区公共搜索空间(Cell specific search space,CSS)中的PDCCH候选数量
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000027
之后的数量作为用户特定搜索空间(User specific search space,USS)中的PDCCH候选数量最大值:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000028
第二步,从用户特定搜索空间编号最小的搜索空间开 始做循环:若当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选数量叠加上编号比当前搜索空间小的所有搜索空间中的PDCCH候选的数量小于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000029
则当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选需要检测,该循环直到叠加上当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选数量超过
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000030
为止。
At the same time, for a carrier, when the number of PDCCH candidates configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of PDCCH candidates that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device will use the following mechanism to determine the detected PDCCH candidates and discard some of the PDCCH candidates to make the actual detected PDCCH candidates The number of PDCCH candidates does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal equipment: The first step is to remove the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in each carrier determined above from the number of PDCCH candidates in the cell specific search space (CSS) of the carrier
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000027
The following number is taken as the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in the User specific search space (USS):
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000028
The second step is to start a loop from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space is superimposed on the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces with numbers smaller than the current search space, the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces is less than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000029
Then the PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected, and the loop until the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space exceeds
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000030
until.
结合上述PDCCH检测机制并考虑多站协作场景,一个载波内可能支持多站同时调度数据,比如,一个载波内可能配置两个控制资源集合分组信息,每个控制资源集合分组信息可以隐式的对应一个传输站点。则现有确定PDCCH候选处理单元(PDCCH candidates)最大数量的方式可以有以下两种:Combining the above-mentioned PDCCH detection mechanism and considering multi-station cooperation scenarios, one carrier may support multiple stations to schedule data at the same time. For example, two control resource set grouping information may be configured in one carrier, and each control resource set grouping information can implicitly correspond A transmission site. There are two existing methods for determining the maximum number of PDCCH candidate processing units (PDCCH candidates):
方式一:每个载波内的每个控制资源集合组内限制PDCCH候选处理单元的最大数量。比如,当基站配置的载波数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000031
即:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000032
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000033
为配置的控制资源集合组数量为1或者未配置控制资源集合组的载波数量,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000034
为配置的控制资源集合组数量大于1的载波数量,每个载波内的每个控制资源集合组内均可以支持最大
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000035
个PDCCH候选;当基站配置的载波数量多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000036
即:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000037
所有子载波间隔为μ的载波中的PDCCH候选数量不多于
Manner 1: Limit the maximum number of PDCCH candidate processing units in each control resource set group in each carrier. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000031
which is:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000032
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000033
Is the number of configured control resource set groups is 1 or the number of carriers in which no control resource set group is configured,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000034
For the number of carriers whose number of configured control resource collection groups is greater than 1, each control resource collection group in each carrier can support the maximum
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000035
PDCCH candidates; when the number of carriers configured by the base station is more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000036
which is:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000037
The number of PDCCH candidates in all carriers with a sub-carrier spacing of μ is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000038
且每个子载波间隔为μ的载波中每个控制资源集合组的PDCCH候选的数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000039
当基站配置的PDCCH候选数量超过上述定义的UE所能支持的最大PDCCH候选数量,则终端设备可以在每个载波中每个控制资源集合组内按照上述机制确定该组内PDCCH候选的数量。即:对于一个载波内的一个控制资源集合组而言,当基站配置的PDCCH候选数量超过上述定义的UE所能支持的最大PDCCH候选数量,则终端设备会采用如下机制确定检测的PDCCH候选丢弃部分PDCCH候选以使得实际检测的PDCCH候选数量不超过终端设备的检测能力:第一步,将上述确定的每个载波内的每个控制资源集合组内的PDCCH候选数量最大值去掉该载波内小区公共搜索空间(Cell specific search space,CSS)中的PDCCH候选数量
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000040
之后的数量作为用户特定搜索空间(User specific search space,USS)中的PDCCH候选数量最大值:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000041
第二步,从用户特定搜索空间编号最小的搜索空间开始做循环:若当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选数量叠加上编号比当前搜索空间小的所有搜索空间中的PDCCH候选的数量小于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000042
则当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选需要检测,该循环直到叠加上当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选数量超过
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000043
为止。
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000038
And the number of PDCCH candidates for each control resource set group in each carrier with a subcarrier spacing of μ is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000039
When the number of PDCCH candidates configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of PDCCH candidates that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device can determine the number of PDCCH candidates in each control resource set group in each carrier according to the above mechanism. That is: for a control resource set group in a carrier, when the number of PDCCH candidates configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of PDCCH candidates that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device will use the following mechanism to determine the detected PDCCH candidate discarded part PDCCH candidates so that the number of PDCCH candidates actually detected does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal equipment: the first step is to remove the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in each control resource set group in each carrier determined above, and remove the common cells in the carrier. Number of PDCCH candidates in the search space (Cell specific search space, CSS)
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000040
The following number is taken as the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in the User specific search space (USS):
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000041
The second step is to start a loop from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space is superimposed on the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces with numbers smaller than the current search space, the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces is less than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000042
Then the PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected, and the loop until the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space exceeds
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000043
until.
方式二:每个载波内限制PDCCH候选处理单元的最大数量。比如,当基站配置的载波数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000044
即:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000045
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000046
为配置的控制资源集合组数量为1或者未配置控制资源集合组的载波数量,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000047
为配置的控制资源集合组数量大于1的载波数量,每个子载波间隔为μ的载波内可以支持最大
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000048
个PDCCH候选;当基站配置的载波数量多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000049
即:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000050
所有子载波间隔为μ的载波中的PDCCH候选数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000051
且每个子载波间隔为μ的载波中的PDCCH候选数可以支持最大
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000052
当基站配置的PDCCH候选数量超过上述定义的UE所能支持的最大PDCCH候选数量,则终端设备可以在每个载波内按照上述机制确定该组内PDCCH候选的数量。即:对于一个载波而言,当基站配置的PDCCH候选数量超过上述定义的UE所能支持的最大PDCCH候选数量,则终端设备会采用如下机制确定检测的PDCCH候选丢弃部分PDCCH候选以使得实际检测的PDCCH候选数量不超过终端设备的检测能力:第一步,将上述确定的每个载波内PDCCH候选数量最大值去掉该载波内小区公共搜索空间(Cell specific search space,CSS)中的PDCCH候选数量
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000053
之后的数量作为用户特定搜索空间(User specific search space,USS)中的PDCCH候选数量最大值:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000054
第二步,从用户特定搜索空间编号最小的搜索空间开始做循环:若当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选数量叠加上编号比当前搜索空间小的所有搜索空间中的PDCCH候选的数量小于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000055
则当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选需要检测,该循环直到叠加上当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选数量超过
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000056
为止。
Manner 2: Limit the maximum number of PDCCH candidate processing units in each carrier. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000044
which is:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000045
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000046
Is the number of configured control resource set groups is 1 or the number of carriers in which no control resource set group is configured,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000047
For the number of carriers whose number of configured control resource set groups is greater than 1, each carrier with a subcarrier spacing of μ can support the largest
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000048
PDCCH candidates; when the number of carriers configured by the base station is more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000049
which is:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000050
The number of PDCCH candidates in all carriers with a sub-carrier spacing of μ is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000051
And the number of PDCCH candidates in a carrier with a subcarrier spacing of μ can support the maximum
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000052
When the number of PDCCH candidates configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of PDCCH candidates that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device can determine the number of PDCCH candidates in the group according to the above mechanism in each carrier. That is, for a carrier, when the number of PDCCH candidates configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of PDCCH candidates that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device will use the following mechanism to determine the detected PDCCH candidates and discard some of the PDCCH candidates to make the actual detected PDCCH candidates The number of PDCCH candidates does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal equipment: The first step is to remove the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in each carrier determined above from the number of PDCCH candidates in the cell specific search space (CSS) of the carrier
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000053
The following number is taken as the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in the User specific search space (USS):
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000054
The second step is to start a loop from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space is superimposed on the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces with numbers smaller than the current search space, the number of PDCCH candidates in all search spaces is less than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000055
Then the PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected, and the loop until the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space exceeds
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000056
until.
同理,现有技术中,定义了终端设备确定PDCCH的不重叠CCE的最大数量的方式。其中,每个CORESET会划分为多个控制信道元素(Control Channel Elements,CCE),每个CCE在频域上包括6个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)且在时域上包括1个OFDM符号,每个PDCCH候选可以占用不同数量的CCE也就对应了不同的聚合级别。为了降低终端设备DCI检测复杂度,定义一个slot内一个子载波间隔为μ的载波内最大的不重叠CCE的数量为
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000057
其中,μ∈{0,1,2,3},具体的数量取值如下表所示:
Similarly, in the prior art, a method for the terminal device to determine the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs of the PDCCH is defined. Among them, each CORESET will be divided into multiple control channel elements (Control Channel Elements, CCE), each CCE includes 6 physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB) in the frequency domain and 1 OFDM in the time domain Symbol, each PDCCH candidate can occupy a different number of CCEs, which corresponds to different aggregation levels. In order to reduce the DCI detection complexity of the terminal equipment, the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in a carrier with a subcarrier spacing of μ in a slot is defined as
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000057
Among them, μ∈{0,1,2,3}, the specific quantity values are shown in the following table:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000058
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000058
终端设备上报其支持的第一载波数量
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000059
用于确定终端设备能支持的不重叠CCE的数量。具体为:当基站配置的载波数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000061
每个载波上均可以支持最大
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000062
个不重叠CCE的数量;当基站配置的载波数量多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000064
所有子载波间隔为μ的载波中不重叠CCE的数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000065
且每个子载波间隔为μ的载波中不重叠CCE的数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000066
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000067
为一个slot内配置的子载波间隔为μ的载波数。
The terminal device reports the number of the first carrier it supports
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000059
Used to determine the number of non-overlapping CCEs that the terminal device can support. Specifically: When the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000060
which is
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000061
Each carrier can support the largest
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000062
The number of non-overlapping CCEs; when the base station configures more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000063
which is
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000064
The number of non-overlapping CCEs in all sub-carriers with a spacing of μ is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000065
And the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the carrier with a subcarrier spacing of μ is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000066
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000067
It is the number of carriers whose subcarrier spacing is μ configured in a slot.
同时,对于一个载波而言,当基站配置的不重叠CCE的数量超过上述定义的UE所能支持的最大不重叠CCE的数量,则终端设备会采用如下机制确定不重叠的CCE丢弃部分不重叠的CCE以使得不重叠CCE的数量不超过终端设备的检测能力:第一步,将上述确定的每个载波内不重叠CCE的数量的最大值去掉该载波内小区公共搜索空间(Cell specific search space,CSS)中的不重叠CCE数量
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000068
之后的数量作为用户特定搜索空 间(User specific search space,USS)中的不重叠CCE的数量的最大值:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000069
第二步,从用户特定搜索空间编号最小的搜索空间开始做循环:若当前搜索空间中的不重叠CCE的数量叠加上编号比当前搜索空间小的所有搜索空间中的不重叠CCE的数量小于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000070
则当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选均需要检测,该循环直到叠加上当前搜索空间中不重叠CCE的数量超过
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000071
为止。
At the same time, for a carrier, when the number of non-overlapping CCEs configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device will use the following mechanism to determine that non-overlapping CCEs are discarded. CCE so that the number of non-overlapping CCEs does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal equipment: the first step is to remove the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in each carrier determined above from the cell specific search space (Cell specific search space, Number of non-overlapping CCEs in CSS)
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000068
The following number is used as the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in the User specific search space (USS):
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000069
The second step is to start looping from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the current search space is superimposed on the number of non-overlapping CCEs in all search spaces with a smaller number than the current search space, the number of non-overlapping CCEs in all search spaces is less than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000070
Then all PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected, and the loop is repeated until the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the current search space exceeds
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000071
until.
结合上述PDCCH检测机制并考虑多站协作场景,一个载波内可能支持多站同时调度数据,比如,一个载波内可能配置两个控制资源集合分组信息,每个控制资源集合分组信息可以隐式的对应一个传输站点。则现有确定不重叠CCE的数量的方式可以有以下两种:Combining the above-mentioned PDCCH detection mechanism and considering multi-station cooperation scenarios, one carrier may support multiple stations to schedule data at the same time. For example, two control resource set grouping information may be configured in one carrier, and each control resource set grouping information can implicitly correspond A transmission site. There are two ways to determine the number of non-overlapping CCEs:
方式一:每个载波内的每个控制资源集合组内限制不重叠CCE的最大数量。比如,当基站配置的载波数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000072
即:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000073
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000074
为配置的控制资源集合组数量为1或者未配置控制资源集合组的载波数量,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000075
为配置的控制资源集合组数量大于1的载波数量,每个载波内的每个控制资源集合组内均可以支持最大
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000076
个不重叠CCE;当基站配置的载波数量多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000077
即:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000078
所有子载波间隔为μ的载波中的不重叠CCE数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000079
且每个子载波间隔为μ的载波中每个控制资源集合组的不重叠CCE的数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000080
当基站配置的不重叠CCE的数量超过上述定义的UE所能支持的最大不重叠CCE的数量,则终端设备可以在每个载波中每个控制资源集合组内按照上述机制确定该组内不重叠CCE的数量的数量。即:对于一个载波内的一个控制资源集合组而言,当基站配置的不重叠CCE的数量超过上述定义的UE所能支持的最大不重叠CCE的数量,则终端设备会采用如下机制确定不重叠CCE丢弃部分不重叠CCE以使得实际检测的不重叠CCE的数量不超过终端设备的检测能力:第一步,将上述确定的每个载波内的每个控制资源集合组内的不重叠CCE的数量最大值去掉该载波内小区公共搜索空间(Cell specific search space,CSS)中的不重叠CCE的数量
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000081
之后的数量作为用户特定搜索空间(User specific search space,USS)中的不重叠CCE数量的最大值:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000082
第二步,从用户特定搜索空间编号最小的搜索空间开始做循环:若当前搜索空间中的不重叠CCE的数量叠加上编号比当前搜索空间小的所有搜索空间中不重叠CCE的数量小于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000083
则当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选需要检测,该循环直到叠加上当前搜索空间中不重叠CCE的数量超过
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000084
为止。
Manner 1: Limit the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in each control resource set group in each carrier. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000072
which is:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000073
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000074
Is the number of configured control resource set groups is 1 or the number of carriers in which no control resource set group is configured,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000075
For the number of carriers whose number of configured control resource collection groups is greater than 1, each control resource collection group in each carrier can support the maximum
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000076
A non-overlapping CCE; when the base station configures more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000077
which is:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000078
The number of non-overlapping CCEs in all sub-carriers with a spacing of μ is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000079
And the number of non-overlapping CCEs in each control resource set group in each subcarrier interval μ is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000080
When the number of non-overlapping CCEs configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device can determine that there is no overlap in each control resource set group in each carrier according to the above mechanism. The number of CCEs. That is: for a control resource set group in a carrier, when the number of non-overlapping CCEs configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal equipment will use the following mechanism to determine non-overlapping CCE discards some non-overlapping CCEs so that the number of non-overlapping CCEs actually detected does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal device: the first step is to determine the number of non-overlapping CCEs in each control resource set group in each carrier determined above The maximum value removes the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the cell specific search space (CSS) in the carrier
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000081
The following number is used as the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in the User specific search space (USS):
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000082
The second step is to start looping from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the current search space is superimposed on the number of non-overlapping CCEs in all search spaces with a smaller number than the current search space, the number of non-overlapping CCEs in all search spaces is less than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000083
Then the PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected, and the loop until the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the current search space exceeds
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000084
until.
方式二:每个载波内限制不重叠CCE的最大数量。比如,当基站配置的载波数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000085
即:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000086
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000087
为配置的控制资源集合组数量为1或者未配置控制资源集合组的载波数量,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000088
为配置的控制资源集合组数量大于1的载波数量,每个子载波间隔为μ的载波内可以支持最大
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000089
个PDCCH候选;当基站配置的载波数量多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000090
即:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000091
所有子载波间隔为μ的载 波中不重叠CCE的数量不多于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000092
且每个子载波间隔为μ的载波中不重叠CCE的数量可以支持最大
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000093
当基站配置的PDCCH候选数量超过上述定义的UE所能支持的最大不重叠CCE的数量,则终端设备可以在每个载波内按照上述机制确定该组内不重叠CCE的数量。即:对于一个载波而言,当基站配置的PDCCH候选数量超过上述定义的UE所能支持的最大PDCCH候选数量,则终端设备会采用如下机制确定检测的PDCCH候选丢弃部分PDCCH候选以使得实际检测的PDCCH候选数量不超过终端设备的检测能力:第一步,将上述确定的每个载波内PDCCH候选数量最大值去掉该载波内小区公共搜索空间(Cell specific search space,CSS)中的不重叠CCE的数量
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000094
之后的数量作为用户特定搜索空间(User specific search space,USS)中的不重叠CCE的数量最大值:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000095
第二步,从用户特定搜索空间编号最小的搜索空间开始做循环:若当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选数量叠加上编号比当前搜索空间小的所有搜索空间中不重叠CCE的数量小于
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000096
则当前搜索空间中的PDCCH候选需要检测,该循环直到叠加上当前搜索空间中不重叠CCE的数量超过
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000097
为止。经过上述DCI检测方法,可以在保证不增加总盲检测复杂度的基础上,合理在多个载波以及多个站点间分配盲检测处理能力,从而支持灵活的调度。
Method 2: Limit the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in each carrier. For example, when the number of carriers configured by the base station is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000085
which is:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000086
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000087
Is the number of configured control resource set groups is 1 or the number of carriers in which no control resource set group is configured,
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000088
For the number of carriers whose number of configured control resource set groups is greater than 1, each carrier with a subcarrier spacing of μ can support the largest
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000089
PDCCH candidates; when the number of carriers configured by the base station is more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000090
which is:
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000091
The number of non-overlapping CCEs in all sub-carriers with a spacing of μ is not more than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000092
And the number of non-overlapping CCEs in each sub-carrier interval μ can support the maximum
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000093
When the number of PDCCH candidates configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device can determine the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the group according to the above mechanism in each carrier. That is, for a carrier, when the number of PDCCH candidates configured by the base station exceeds the maximum number of PDCCH candidates that the UE can support as defined above, the terminal device will use the following mechanism to determine the detected PDCCH candidates and discard some of the PDCCH candidates to make the actual detected PDCCH candidates The number of PDCCH candidates does not exceed the detection capability of the terminal equipment: The first step is to remove the maximum number of PDCCH candidates in each carrier determined above from the non-overlapping CCEs in the cell specific search space (CSS) of the carrier. Quantity
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000094
The following number is taken as the maximum number of non-overlapping CCEs in the User specific search space (USS):
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000095
The second step is to start looping from the search space with the smallest number of the user-specific search space: if the number of PDCCH candidates in the current search space is superimposed on the number of non-overlapping CCEs in all search spaces with a number smaller than the current search space, the number of non-overlapping CCEs is less than
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000096
Then the PDCCH candidates in the current search space need to be detected, and the loop until the number of non-overlapping CCEs in the current search space exceeds
Figure PCTCN2020108632-appb-000097
until. Through the above DCI detection method, on the basis of ensuring that the total blind detection complexity is not increased, the blind detection processing capacity can be reasonably allocated among multiple carriers and multiple sites, thereby supporting flexible scheduling.
可以理解的是,为了实现上述实施例中功能,网络设备和终端设备包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用场景和设计约束条件。It can be understood that, in order to implement the functions in the foregoing embodiments, the network device and the terminal device include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the units and method steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed in this application, this application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application scenarios and design constraints of the technical solution.
图6和图7为本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。这些通信装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请的实施例中,该通信装置可以是如图1所示的终端设备130或终端设备140,也可以是如图1所示的无线接入网设备120,还可以是应用于终端设备或网络设备的模块(如芯片)。6 and FIG. 7 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of the application. These communication devices can be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects of the foregoing method embodiment. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device may be the terminal device 130 or the terminal device 140 as shown in FIG. 1, or the wireless access network device 120 as shown in FIG. 1, or it may be applied to terminal equipment. Or a module of a network device (such as a chip).
如图6所示,通信装置300包括处理单元310和收发单元320。通信装置300可以用于实现上述图4中所示的方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的功能。此外,通信装置300可以用于实现上述图5中所示的方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的功能。As shown in FIG. 6, the communication device 300 includes a processing unit 310 and a transceiving unit 320. The communication device 300 may be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4. In addition, the communication device 300 may be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 5.
当通信装置300用于实现图4所示的方法实施例中终端设备的功能时:收发单元320用于在目标载波上接收第一下行数据与第二下行数据,其中,承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之前,且承载所述第一下行数据的资源块RB数大于预设值。处理单元310用于当目标条件满足时,跳过对所述第一下行数据的解码处理;或,当目标条件不满足时,对所述第一下行数据执行解码处理;其中,所述目标条件为:承载第一DCI的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET相同,或,承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组相同,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一下行数据,所述第二DCI用于调度所述第二下行数据。When the communication device 300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4: the transceiver unit 320 is used to receive the first downlink data and the second downlink data on the target carrier, where the first downlink data is carried. The end symbol of the time domain resource of the downlink data is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource of the second downlink data, and the number of resource blocks RBs that bear the first downlink data is greater than a preset value. The processing unit 310 is configured to skip the decoding process of the first downlink data when the target condition is satisfied; or, when the target condition is not satisfied, perform the decoding process on the first downlink data; wherein, the The target condition is: the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, and the first DCI is used for scheduling The first downlink data and the second DCI are used to schedule the second downlink data.
可选地,收发单元320还用于:当所述目标条件满足时,向网络设备发送所述第一下 行数据的非确认NACK信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to: when the target condition is met, send the non-acknowledged NACK information of the first downlink data to the network device.
可选地,收发单元320还用于:当所述目标条件不满足时,向网络设备发送根据所述第一下行数据确定的确认ACK信息或非确认NACK信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to: when the target condition is not met, send confirmation ACK information or non-confirmation NACK information determined according to the first downlink data to the network device.
可选地,第一时间间隔大于第二时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔为承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载所述第一下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的最小时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔为承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载所述第二下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的最小时间间隔。Optionally, the first time interval is greater than the second time interval, and the first time interval is from the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data to the time when the feedback information of the first downlink data is carried. The minimum time interval between the start symbols of the domain resources, and the second time interval is from the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data to the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data The minimum time interval between start symbols.
可选地,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力表示所述终端设备在同一载波内能够同时接收至少两个下行数据。Optionally, the terminal device having the first processing capability, and the terminal device having the first processing capability means that the terminal device can simultaneously receive at least two downlink data in the same carrier.
可选地,收发单元320还用于:向所述网络设备发送处理能力信息,所述处理能力信息指示所述终端设备具备所述第一处理能力。Optionally, the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to: send processing capability information to the network device, where the processing capability information indicates that the terminal device has the first processing capability.
可选地,所述处理能力信息中包括第一载波数量,所述第一载波数量用于表征所述终端设备支持所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置所述目标载波。Optionally, the processing capability information includes a first carrier quantity, and the first carrier quantity is used to characterize that the terminal device supports the network device to configure the target carrier for the terminal device.
可选地,所述处理能力信息携带有第二载波数量,所述第二载波数量用于表征支持所述目标载波的数量。Optionally, the processing capability information carries a second carrier quantity, and the second carrier quantity is used to characterize the quantity supporting the target carrier.
当通信装置300用于实现图4所示的方法实施例中网络设备的功能时:收发单元320用于在目标载波上发送第一下行数据与第二下行数据,其中,承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之前,且承载所述第一下行数据的资源块RB数大于预设值,其中,承载第一DCI的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET不同,或,承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组不同,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一下行数据,所述第二DCI用于调度所述第二下行数据。When the communication device 300 is used to implement the function of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4: the transceiver unit 320 is used to send the first downlink data and the second downlink data on the target carrier, where the first downlink data is carried. The end symbol of the time-domain resource of the downlink data is located before the start symbol of the time-domain resource that carries the second downlink data, and the number of resource blocks RBs that carry the first downlink data is greater than a preset value. The control channel resource set CORESET of the first DCI is different from the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is different from the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink Row data, and the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
可选地,收发单元320还用于:接收来自所述终端设备的处理能力信息,所述处理能力信息指示所述终端设备具备第一处理能力,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力表示所述终端设备在同一载波内能够同时接收至少两个下行数据;处理单元310用于根据所述处理能力信息,配置所述目标载波;Optionally, the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to: receive processing capability information from the terminal device, where the processing capability information indicates that the terminal device has a first processing capability, and that the terminal device has a first processing capability indicates that The terminal device can simultaneously receive at least two downlink data in the same carrier; the processing unit 310 is configured to configure the target carrier according to the processing capability information;
可选地,所述处理能力信息携带有第一载波数量,所述第一载波数量表征能够配置的载波数量。Optionally, the processing capability information carries a first number of carriers, and the first number of carriers represents the number of carriers that can be configured.
可选地,所述处理能力信息携带有第二载波数量,所述第二载波数量用于表征能够配置的所述目标载波的数量。Optionally, the processing capability information carries a second carrier quantity, and the second carrier quantity is used to represent the quantity of the target carrier that can be configured.
可选地,收发单元320还用于:接收来自所述终端设备的确认ACK信息或非确认NACK信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 320 is further configured to receive confirmation ACK information or non-confirmation NACK information from the terminal device.
有关上述处理单元310和收发单元320更详细的描述可以直接参考图4所示的方法实施例中相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions of the processing unit 310 and the transceiving unit 320 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant description in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and will not be repeated here.
当通信装置300用于实现图5所示的方法实施例中终端设备的功能时:收发单元320用于上报第一能力指示信息,第一能力指示信息用于指示终端设备支持的第一载波数量。When the communication device 300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 5: the transceiver unit 320 is used to report the first capability indication information, and the first capability indication information is used to indicate the number of first carriers supported by the terminal device .
当通信装置300用于实现图5所示的方法实施例中网络设备的功能时:收发单元320用于接收终端设备上报的第一能力指示信息。处理单元310用于根据第一载波数量,确定第二载波的数量,其中,第二载波的数量小于或等于所述第一载波数量,且第二载波的数 量为A+Bⅹr,第二载波上的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的时域结束符号到承载PDSCH的反馈信息的时域起始符号之间的最小时间间隔小于预设的时间间隔阈值,A为仅配置一个控制资源集合组信息或者未配置控制资源组信息的载波数量,B为配置多个控制资源集合组信息的载波数量,r为大于等于1的正数。When the communication device 300 is used to implement the function of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 5: the transceiver unit 320 is used to receive the first capability indication information reported by the terminal device. The processing unit 310 is configured to determine the number of second carriers according to the number of first carriers, where the number of second carriers is less than or equal to the number of first carriers, and the number of second carriers is A+Bⅹr. The minimum time interval between the end symbol of the time domain of the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and the start symbol of the time domain carrying the feedback information of the PDSCH is less than the preset time interval threshold. A means that only one control resource set group information is configured or not configured The number of carriers for control resource group information, B is the number of carriers configured with multiple control resource group information, and r is a positive number greater than or equal to 1.
有关上述处理单元310和收发单元320更详细的描述可以直接参考图5所示的方法实施例中相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions of the processing unit 310 and the transceiver unit 320 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant description in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and will not be repeated here.
如图7所示,通信装置400包括处理器410和接口电路420。处理器410和接口电路420之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路420可以为收发器或输入输出接口。可选的,通信装置400还可以包括存储器430,用于存储处理器410执行的指令或存储处理器410运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器410运行指令后产生的数据。As shown in FIG. 7, the communication device 400 includes a processor 410 and an interface circuit 420. The processor 410 and the interface circuit 420 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the interface circuit 420 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface. Optionally, the communication device 400 may further include a memory 430 for storing instructions executed by the processor 410 or storing input data required by the processor 410 to run the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 410 runs the instructions.
当通信装置400用于实现图4所示的方法时,处理器410用于执行上述处理单元310的功能,接口电路420用于执行上述收发单元320的功能。When the communication device 400 is used to implement the method shown in FIG. 4, the processor 410 is used to perform the functions of the above-mentioned processing unit 310, and the interface circuit 420 is used to perform the above-mentioned functions of the transceiving unit 320.
当通信装置400用于实现图5所示的方法时,处理器410用于执行上述处理单元310的功能,接口电路420用于执行上述收发单元320的功能。When the communication device 400 is used to implement the method shown in FIG. 5, the processor 410 is used to perform the functions of the processing unit 310 described above, and the interface circuit 420 is used to perform the functions of the transceiver unit 320 described above.
当上述通信装置为应用于终端设备的芯片时,该终端设备芯片实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。该终端设备芯片从终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的;或者,该终端设备芯片向终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是终端设备发送给网络设备的。When the foregoing communication device is a chip applied to a terminal device, the terminal device chip implements the function of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. The terminal device chip receives information from other modules in the terminal device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna), and the information is sent by the network device to the terminal device; or, the terminal device chip sends information to other modules in the terminal device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna). The antenna) sends information, which is sent from the terminal device to the network device.
当上述通信装置为应用于网络设备的芯片时,该网络设备芯片实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。该网络设备芯片从网络设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是终端设备发送给网络设备的;或者,该网络设备芯片向网络设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的。When the foregoing communication device is a chip applied to a network device, the network device chip implements the function of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The network device chip receives information from other modules in the network device (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent by the terminal device to the network device; or, the network device chip sends information to other modules in the network device (such as radio frequency modules or antennas). The antenna) sends information, which is sent by the network device to the terminal device.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It is understandable that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits. (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于网络设备或终端设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络设备或终端设备中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or well-known in the art Any other form of storage medium. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the network device or the terminal device.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产 品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者通过所述计算机可读存储介质进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,DVD;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD)。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instruction is loaded and executed on the computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer program or instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted through the computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server integrating one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a DVD; it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk (SSD).
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of this application, if there is no special description and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be mutually cited. The technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在本申请的公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. In the text description of this application, the character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are an "or" relationship; in the formula of this application, the character "/" indicates that the associated objects before and after are a kind of "division" Relationship.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It can be understood that the various numerical numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the sequence number of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic.

Claims (24)

  1. 一种处理数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for processing data, characterized in that it comprises:
    终端设备在目标载波上接收第一下行数据与第二下行数据,The terminal device receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data on the target carrier,
    其中,承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之前,且承载所述第一下行数据的资源块RB数大于预设值;Wherein, the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data is located before the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data, and the number of resource blocks carrying the first downlink data is greater than default value;
    当目标条件满足时,跳过对所述第一下行数据的解码处理;或,When the target condition is met, skip the decoding process of the first downlink data; or,
    当目标条件不满足时,对所述第一下行数据执行解码处理;When the target condition is not met, perform decoding processing on the first downlink data;
    其中,所述目标条件为:承载第一下行控制信息DCI的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET相同,或,承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组相同,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一下行数据,所述第二DCI用于调度所述第二下行数据。Wherein, the target condition is: the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first downlink control information DCI is the same as the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is the same as the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, The first DCI is used to schedule the first downlink data, and the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:当所述目标条件满足时,向网络设备发送所述第一下行数据的非确认NACK信息。The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: when the target condition is satisfied, sending non-acknowledged NACK information of the first downlink data to a network device.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述目标条件不满足时,向网络设备发送根据所述第一下行数据确定的确认ACK信息或非确认NACK信息。When the target condition is not met, sending confirmation ACK information or non-confirmation NACK information determined according to the first downlink data to the network device.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第一时间间隔大于第二时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔为承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载所述第一下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的最小时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔为承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的结束符号至承载所述第二下行数据的反馈信息的时域资源的起始符号之间的最小时间间隔。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first time interval is greater than the second time interval, and the first time interval is the end of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data The minimum time interval from the symbol to the start symbol of the time domain resource carrying the feedback information of the first downlink data, and the second time interval is from the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data to The minimum time interval between the start symbols of the time domain resources carrying the feedback information of the second downlink data.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力表示所述终端设备在同一载波内能够同时接收至少两个下行数据。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the terminal device has a first processing capability, and the terminal device having the first processing capability means that the terminal device can receive at the same time in the same carrier. At least two downstream data.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送处理能力信息,所述处理能力信息指示所述终端设备具备所述第一处理能力。The terminal device sends processing capability information to the network device, where the processing capability information indicates that the terminal device has the first processing capability.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述处理能力信息中包括第一载波数量,所述第一载波数量用于表征所述终端设备支持所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置所述目标载波。The method according to claim 6, wherein the processing capability information includes a first carrier quantity, and the first carrier quantity is used to characterize that the terminal device supports the network device for configuring the terminal device. The target carrier.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述处理能力信息携带有第二载波数量,所述第二载波数量用于表征支持所述目标载波的数量。The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the processing capability information carries a second carrier quantity, and the second carrier quantity is used to characterize the quantity supporting the target carrier.
  9. 一种处理数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for processing data, characterized in that it comprises:
    在目标载波上向终端设备发送第一下行数据与第二下行数据,其中,承载所述第一下行数据的时域资源的结束符号位于承载所述第二下行数据的时域资源的起始符号之前,且承载所述第一下行数据的资源块RB数大于预设值,The first downlink data and the second downlink data are sent to the terminal device on the target carrier, wherein the end symbol of the time domain resource carrying the first downlink data is located at the beginning of the time domain resource carrying the second downlink data Before the start symbol, and the number of resource blocks RB carrying the first downlink data is greater than a preset value,
    其中,承载第一DCI的控制信道资源集合CORESET与承载第二DCI的CORESET 不同,或,承载第一DCI的CORESET组与承载第二DCI的CORESET组不同,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一下行数据,所述第二DCI用于调度所述第二下行数据。Wherein, the control channel resource set CORESET carrying the first DCI is different from the CORESET carrying the second DCI, or the CORESET group carrying the first DCI is different from the CORESET group carrying the second DCI, and the first DCI is used for scheduling the The first downlink data, and the second DCI is used to schedule the second downlink data.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述终端设备的处理能力信息,所述处理能力信息指示所述终端设备具备第一处理能力,所述终端设备具备第一处理能力表示所述终端设备在同一载波内能够同时接收至少两个下行数据;Receiving processing capability information from the terminal device, the processing capability information indicating that the terminal device has a first processing capability, and the terminal device having the first processing capability indicates that the terminal device can receive at least two signals simultaneously in the same carrier. Downlink data;
    根据所述处理能力信息,配置所述目标载波。Configure the target carrier according to the processing capability information.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述处理能力信息携带有第一载波数量,所述第一载波数量表征能够配置的载波数量。The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the processing capability information carries a first carrier number, and the first carrier number represents the number of carriers that can be configured.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述处理能力信息携带有第二载波数量,所述第二载波数量用于表征能够配置的所述目标载波的数量。The method according to claim 11, wherein the processing capability information carries a second carrier quantity, and the second carrier quantity is used to represent the quantity of the target carrier that can be configured.
  13. 根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述终端设备的确认ACK信息或非确认NACK信息。Receive acknowledgement ACK information or non-acknowledgement NACK information from the terminal device.
  14. 一种处理数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for processing data, characterized in that it comprises:
    终端设备发送第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持的第一载波数量。The terminal device sends first capability indication information, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate the number of first carriers supported by the terminal device.
  15. 一种处理数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for processing data, characterized in that it comprises:
    网络设备接收第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示第一载波数量;The network device receives first capability indication information, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate the number of first carriers;
    所述网络设备根据所述第一载波数量,确定第二载波的数量,其中,所述第二载波的数量小于或等于所述第一载波数量,且所述第二载波的数量为A+Bⅹr;The network device determines the number of second carriers according to the number of the first carriers, where the number of the second carriers is less than or equal to the number of the first carriers, and the number of the second carriers is A+Bⅹr ;
    所述第二载波上的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的时域结束符号到承载所述PDSCH的反馈信息的时域起始符号之间的最小时间间隔小于预设的时间间隔阈值,所述A为仅配置一个控制资源集合组信息或者未配置控制资源组信息的载波数量,所述B为配置多个控制资源集合组信息的载波数量,r为大于等于1的正数。The minimum time interval between the end symbol of the time domain of the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the second carrier and the start symbol of the time domain carrying the feedback information of the PDSCH is less than a preset time interval threshold, and the A is only The number of carriers configured with one control resource group information or without control resource group information, said B is the number of carriers configured with multiple control resource group information, and r is a positive number greater than or equal to 1.
  16. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  17. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求9至13中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 9 to 13.
  18. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求14或15所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for executing the method according to claim 14 or 15.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, which is characterized by comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal of is sent to another communication device other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 through a logic circuit or an execution code instruction.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求9至13中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, which is characterized by comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal of is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 9 to 13 through a logic circuit or an execution code instruction.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的 信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求14或15所述的方法。A communication device, which is characterized by comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal is sent to another communication device other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method according to claim 14 or 15 through a logic circuit or an execution code instruction.
  22. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the computer program or instruction is implemented as described in any one of claims 1 to 8. Methods.
  23. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求9至13中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the computer program or instruction is implemented as described in any one of claims 9 to 13 Methods.
  24. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求14或15所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the method according to claim 14 or 15 is implemented.
PCT/CN2020/108632 2019-08-16 2020-08-12 Data processing method and communication apparatus WO2021031948A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910760382 2019-08-16
CN201910760382.0 2019-08-16
CN201910936664.1 2019-09-29
CN201910936664.1A CN112398577B (en) 2019-08-16 2019-09-29 Method and communication device for processing data

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021031948A1 true WO2021031948A1 (en) 2021-02-25

Family

ID=74603706

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/108632 WO2021031948A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2020-08-12 Data processing method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112398577B (en)
WO (1) WO2021031948A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023123494A1 (en) * 2021-12-31 2023-07-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Pdcch detection method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101860964A (en) * 2009-04-09 2010-10-13 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, equipment and system for acquiring uplink capacity of terminal
CN106911442A (en) * 2015-12-23 2017-06-30 东莞酷派软件技术有限公司 A kind of method and terminal of business transmission
US20190253904A1 (en) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-15 Mediatek Inc. Downlink channel reception in wireless communication system

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9942013B2 (en) * 2014-05-07 2018-04-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Non-orthogonal multiple access and interference cancellation
EP3873164A1 (en) * 2014-11-17 2021-09-01 Apple Inc. Listen before talk (lbt) design for uplink licensed assisted access (laa) operation in unlicensed band
US10560959B2 (en) * 2016-02-09 2020-02-11 Apple Inc. Spreading options for non-orthogonal multiple access
WO2018225998A1 (en) * 2017-06-09 2018-12-13 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting or receiving signal in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN109391355B (en) * 2017-08-11 2020-10-23 华为技术有限公司 Method, chip and system for wireless communication
US10931355B2 (en) * 2018-01-16 2021-02-23 Asustek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for QCL association indication for discontinuous transmission indication in a wireless communication system
US11153862B2 (en) * 2018-03-22 2021-10-19 Apple Inc. Physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) blind decoding in fifth generation (5G) new radio (NR) systems

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101860964A (en) * 2009-04-09 2010-10-13 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, equipment and system for acquiring uplink capacity of terminal
CN106911442A (en) * 2015-12-23 2017-06-30 东莞酷派软件技术有限公司 A kind of method and terminal of business transmission
US20190253904A1 (en) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-15 Mediatek Inc. Downlink channel reception in wireless communication system

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
FRAUNHOFER IIS, FRAUNHOFER HHI: "Enhancements on multi-TRP/panel transmission", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1907054_MULTI-TRP, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, USA; 20190513 - 20190517, 13 May 2019 (2019-05-13), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051728502 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112398577A (en) 2021-02-23
CN112398577B (en) 2022-04-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11509424B2 (en) Method and apparatus for grant free based data transmission in wireless communication system
US11902995B2 (en) Method and device for priority-based control and data information transmission in wireless communication system
US11337186B2 (en) Method and apparatus for control information searching and data information transmission in a communication system
JP7148208B2 (en) TRANSMISSION METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM AND PROGRAM
US10764759B2 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving wireless signal and device for same
JP7032576B2 (en) Feedback information transmission method and communication device
JP7001306B2 (en) Wireless communication methods, communication devices and programs
US11310779B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving control information in wireless communication system
CN107667498B (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information
WO2019158013A1 (en) Channel transmission method and apparatus, network device, and computer readable storage medium
US20230164750A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving information for providing plurality of communication services
US11870566B2 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving control information in wireless cellular communication system
US11039430B2 (en) Method and device for setting control and data channel transmission time in wireless communication system
US20200037350A1 (en) Method and apparatus for control and data information resource mapping in wireless cellular communication system
US11665704B2 (en) Method and apparatus for control and data channel transmission and reception in wireless communication system
CN113692768A (en) Method and apparatus for license-free data transmission in a wireless communication system
KR20200054068A (en) Method and apparatus for subband based channel access in wireless communication system
US11870584B2 (en) Method and apparatus for grant free based data transmission in wireless communication system
US11431462B2 (en) Indication method, network device, and user equipment
US20220046694A1 (en) Method and apparatus for control and data information resource mapping in wireless cellular communication system
WO2020020292A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US11303391B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink channels in wireless communication system
WO2021031948A1 (en) Data processing method and communication apparatus
KR20220047056A (en) Method and apparatus for transmission of harq-ack in wireless communication system
US20230137234A1 (en) Method and apparatus for periodic data transmission and reception in wireless communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20854538

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20854538

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1